PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce? Important Questions and Answers.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the basic need of reproduction? How does variation arise?
Answer:
A basic event in reproduction is the creation of a DNA copy. DNA of nucleus of cell is the store house of information for making proteins and directing other biochemical reactions in the cell. The different proteins will eventually lead to different set ups, shapes, working, etc. of body. Cells use chemical reaction to build copies of their DNA. This creates two copies of the DNA in a reproducing cell, and they will need to be separated from each other.

DNA copying (DNA replication) is accompanied by the creation of an additional cellular apparatus, and then the DNA copies separate, each with its own cellular apparatus. Effectively, a cell divides to give rise to two cells.

Origin of Variation
The two cells formed are similar, but unlikely to be absolutely identical. No bio-chemical reaction is absolutely reliable. Therefore, it is only to be expected that the process of copying the DNA will have some variation each time. As a result, the DNA copies generated will be similar, but may not be identical to the original. Some of these variations might be so drastic that the new DNA copy cannot work with the cellular apparatus it inherits. This inbuilt tendency for variation during reproduction is the basis for evolution.

Question 2.
What are different types of asexual reproductions.
Or
Explain fission and fragmentation.
Or
What is budding?
Answer:
Types of Asexual Reproduction

  1. Binary fission
  2. Multiple fission
  3. Budding
  4. Fragmentation
  5. Regeneration
  6. Spore formation
  7. Vegetative propagation.

1. Binary Fission: It is the simplest method of asexual reproduction generally found in unicellular organisms like Amoeba, Paramecium, Euglena etc. Binary means two and fission means breaking, thus this process results in the formation of two daughter cells.

2. Multiple fission: It is a type of asexual reproduction in which nucleus undergoes repeated division before the cytoplasm breaks to form a number of uninucleate daughter cells. Each cell thus formed grows into a new individual. Multiple fission occurs in Plasmodium.

3. Budding: It is a common method of reproduction in Sponges and Hydra. In this process, the new individual develops from a small outgrowth on the surface of parent.

4. Fragmentation: If a filament of spirogyra breaks into fragments, each fragment grows into new indvidual.

5. Regeneration: It is a form of fission in which a parent individual divides into a number of parts, each of which regenerates the missing structures to form a whole organism. It occurs in flatworm, ribbon worms and annelids.

6. Spore formation: An individual produces spores which during favourable conditions give rise to new individuals, e.g. Mucor.

7. Vegetative propagation: A part of plant body other than reproductive organ gives rise to new individual plant, e.g. Rose stem cutting gives rise to new rose plant.

Question 3.
What is vegetative propagation? Name various types of vegetative propagation.
Answer:
Vegetative propagation. Vegetative propagation is defined as formation of two or more individuals from any vegetative part of plant. In this type of vegetative propagation new plants can be raised from roots or stems or leaves of a plant. It is a very rapid method.

It is of two types.
A. Natural vegetative propagation

  • Natural vegetative propagation by roots in plants e.g. Radish, Dahlia.
  • Natural vegetative propagation by stem e.g., ginger, potato, onion.
  • Natural vegetative propagation by leaves e.g., Bryophyllum.

B. Artificial vegetative propagation.

  • Cutting
  • Grafting
  • Layering
  • Tissue Culture

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 4.
Explain post-fertilization changes in plants.
Answer:
Post fertilization changes in a plant:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 1

Question 5.
Describe the structure of a flower.
Or
With the help of a well labelled diagram, describe the parts of a flower.
Answer:
(a) V.S. of Flower:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 18

1. Pedicel: It is stalk of the flower which raises it in the air to expose the flower to the pollinating agencies. Pedicel may bear two small leaf-like appendages called bracteoles.

2. Thalamus: The swollen or broad base or flat apex of pedicel that bears the floral leaves is called thalamus or torus.

3. Calyx or Sepals: The sepals are the outermost whorl of flower. They are collectively known as calyx. Calyx is green, appears first on the thalamus and is protective in function.

4. Corolla or Petals: It is the second whorl of flower. They are brightly coloured leaf-like flattened structures.
Petals may also be scented and have nectar glands at the base to attract pollinating agents i.e. insects.

5. Stamens or Androecium: Stamens are the male reproductive parts of the flower. Each stamen consists of a slender stalk filament and a knob-like terminal anther. Each anther has two anther lobes. Each anther lobe has two pollen chambers containing pollen grains.

6. Carpels or Gynaecium: The carpels represent the female parts of a flower. They are present on the central region of thalamus. They may be free or united. The free occurring unit of gynaecium is called pistil. Each pistil consists of three parts ovary, style and stigma.

Question 6.
With the help of simple sketches show’ the structure of seed and its germination.
Answer:
Structure of Seed
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 2
Structure of Seed

Question 7.
Draw a well labelled diagram of male reproductive system of man.
Answer:
Male reproductive system
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 3
Reproductive organs of human male

Male reproductive system of human

  • Pair of testes. These are primary sex organs. They produce male gametes, sperms. They also secrete hormones.
  • Pair of vasa deferentia (Sing vas deferens). These are ducts which transfer sperms.
  • Reproductive glands include pair of seminal vesicles, single prostate gland and pair of cowper’s gland. They form semen along with sperm.
  • Copulatory organ (penis). It is involved in copulation.

Question 8.
Draw a well labelled diagram of reproductive organs of female human and explain.
Answer:
Female reproductive organs of human female
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 4

  • Ovaries are primary sex organs which form germ cells or eggs.
  • Ovaries also secrete hormones.
  • A pair of fallopian tubes conduct eggs into uterus. It is also the site for fertilization.
  • Uterus or womb is the site for development of embryo. It nurtures the growing embryo.
  • Vagina receives semen during copulation.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 9.
Explain sexual reproduction in human beings.
Answer:
Sexual Reproduction in Human Beings

  • The male gamete (sperm) is introduced inside the female genital tract (vagina) by the process of copulation or mating. It is termed insemination. Fertilisation occurs in the fallopian tube.
  • Sperms are highly active and mobile which move up through cervix into the uterus and then pass into the fallopian tubes.
  • Fallopian tube is the site of fertilization. Only one sperm fertilises the ovum to form a zygote.
  • Fertilisation occurs only if copulation takes place during the ovulatory period of menstruation cycle.
  • The embryonic development of the zygote starts immediately in the fallopian tube and pregnancy starts while menstruation stops.
  • The embryo moves down to reach the uterus. The embedding of embryo in the thick inner lining of the uterus is called implantation.
  • Then, a special tissue develops between the uterine wall and the embryo (foetus) called placenta, where the exchange of nutrients, oxygen and waste products take place.
  • The time period from the development of foetus inside the uterus till birth is called gestation period.
  • The act of giving birth to the fully developed foetus at the end of gestation period is termed as parturition.
  • The development of the child inside the mother’s body takes approximately 280 days.

Question 10.
Give two reasons for avoiding frequent pregnancies by women.
Explain the following methods of contraception giving one example of each.
(i) Barrier method.
(ii) Chemical method.
(iii) Surgical method.
Answer:
Effect of frequent pregnancies.

  • Adverse effect on health of women.
  • Increase in population.

Methods of Contraception:

  • Barrier methods: In Physical barriers such as condom, diaphragm and cervical caps avoid entry of sperms in the female genital tract during copulation.
  • Chemical methods: Oral pills and vaginal pills are commonly used. Oral pills contain specific hormones.
  • Surgical methods: It is vasectomy in male where a small portion of vas deferens is either removed or ligated (tied). In tubectomy in female small portion of fallopian tube is either removed or ligated.

Question 11.
Describe the various methods of birth control.
Answer:
The various methods of birth control are :
1. Physical barriers – Use of contraceptives. It means prevention of conception.
Following contraceptives are popular :
(а) Diaphragm. The vaginal diaphragm is a rubber cup stretches over a collapsible metal spring coil. It is designed to fit over the cervix, i.e. the mouth of uterus which prevents fertility or conception.

(b) Condom. The condom is a sheath of rubber which fits on the erect penis. It is put on the penis before it is introduced in the vagina during intercourse.

(c) Jellies, creams and foams. A number of different spermicidal jellies, creams and foams are available for use as contraceptive agents. These jellies, creams and foams are inserted into vagina five to fifteen minutes before the ejaculation takes place.

(d) Introduction of copper ‘T’ or loop in female uterus prevents the entry of sperms in uterus.

2. Chemical Methods: Oral Contraceptives. These are popularly known as “pills” and are combinations of synthetic sex hormones which suppress the production of ovum. These pills alter the ovulation cycle. ‘Mala’ and ‘Saheli’ are the two common pills.

3. Surgical methods. Sterilization. It is surgical technique by which the passage of sperms or ovum is discontinued. Both men and women can be sterilized without losing their ability to function sexually.
(а) Vasectomy: In men the sterilization procedure is called vasectomy,
(b) Tubectomy.: In woman part of fallopian tube is cut and tied off.

4. Medical termination of pregnancy (MTP). It is the cessation of pregnancy by surgery, suction or by other means.

5. Other measures.
(а) Abstinence: Abstaining from intercourse.
(b) Coitus interruptus: It involves the withdrawal of penis from the vagina just before ejaculation occurs.
(c) Zero ‘0’ method: It is a natural, effective and practical method where the woman has to find but herself the fertile and infertile period, by keeping a close watch on uterine discharge. The safest period to avoid pregnancy is from the beginning of mucus discharge to the next four days, after the discharge has stopped.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is reproduction? What are its basic types?
Answer:
Reproduction. All organisms born on this earth show characteristic life cycle, involving birth, growth, maturation, reproduction and death. Reproduction is one of the most important processes by which continuation of the species from one generation to another generation can take place. Older and aged organisms are replaced by new and younger organisms by reproduction.

There are two basic types of reproduction.
A. Asexual reproduction
B. Sexual reproduction

Question 2.
Define asexual and sexual reproduction.
Answer:

  • Asexual Reproduction: It is a type of multiplication in which a young one is formed from a specialised or unspecialised part of a parent without the formation and fusion of sex cells, gametes.
  • Sexual Reproduction: It is a type of reproduction which takes place by the formation and fusion of gametes.

It involves two major processes:

  1. Meiosis (reductional division) by which diploid sporophytic cells give rise to haploid gametes.
  2. Fertilization, which reconstitutes the sporophytic diploid generation through gametic fusion.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 3.
Differentiate asexual and sexual reproduction.
Answer:
Differences between asexual and sexual forms of reproduction

Asexual Reproduction Sexual Reproduction
1. The process involves only one cell or one parent. 1. This process involves two cells or gametes belonging to either the same or different parents.
2. The whole body of the parent may act as a reproductive unit or it can be a single cell or a bud. 2. The reproductive unit is called gamete which is unicellular and haploid.
3. Only mitotic division takes place. 3. Meiosis and fertilization are essential events.
4. No formation of sex organs. 4. Formation of sex organs is essential.

Question 4.
Describe asexual reproduction in Amoeba.
Or
Explain the term fission as used in relation to reproduction.
Answer:
Binary fission in Amoeba. It is normal method of reproduction in Amoeba. It occurs under favourable conditions. The animal grows until it attains the maximum size and then divides by binary fission in every three or four days. The fission is completed in 15 to 20 minutes.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 5
Binary Fission in Amoeba

Multiple fusion in Amoeba. Multiple fission inside the cyst has been described but not established. It has been suggested that sometimes, inside the cyst, the nucleus divides and surrounds itself with cytoplasm to form several small amoebulae. At the return of favourable conditions or on finding a favourable substrate, the cyst absorbs water and its walls burst. The amoebulae escape and soon each one grows into new amoeba.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 6
Amoeba showing encystment and multiple fission.

Question 5.
Explain various steps of budding in yeast.
Answer:
Budding in yeast. Most of the common yeasts reproduce by budding. The process of budding occurs under normal conditions, when the yeast cells are growing in sugar solution. Saccharomyces usually reproduce by budding. In the process, each cell gives rise to one or more tiny outgrowths which gradually increase in size as large as the mother cell itself. Ultimately, it is cut off from the mother cells by a constriction at the base and can lead a separate existence.

The nucleus divides amitotically during budding and one daughter nucleus passes in the bud and the other remains in the mother cell. The nuclear membrane persists throughout the nuclear division. The budding may be repeated by the daughter cell while still attached to the parent cell, resulting in the formation of one or more chains and even sub-chains, called pseudomycelium. The cells ultimately become separated from one another and lead independent life.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 7
Budding in Yeast Saccharomyces

Question 6.
Explain various steps of budding in Hydra.
Answer:
Budding. It is a common method of reproduction in Sponges and Hydra. In this process, the new individual develops from a small outgrowth on the surface of parent. The exogenous bud gets its nourishment from the parent till it gets the maturity. Then it breaks off from the parent body and develops into new individual. Sometimes, the buds do not separate off and form a chain of buds.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 8
Budding in Hydra

Question 7.
Discuss spore formation in fungi.
Or
Illustrate spore formation in Rhizopus with a diagram.
Or
Write the benefit of spore reproduction.
Or
Illustrate spore formation in Rhizopus with a diagram.
Or
Write the benefit of spore reproduction.
Answer:
Spore formation: The spores in fungi vary in shape. Spores are usually unicellular, thick walled, spherical. The thick walls provide protection till these come in contact with other surface and can begin to grow. Sometimes the spores may be multicellular also. Sometimes the spores are produced endogenously in special sac-like asexual reproductive bodies called sporangia.

  • Spores in such cases are called sporangiospores.
  • Spores on falling on ground or substratum grow new hypha, e.g., Rhizopus, Mucor and Penicillium.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 9
Spore formation in Rhizopus

Benefit:

  • It is a fast method of reproduction.
  • A very large number of spores produced ensure survival of organism.

Question 8.
What is regeneration? Describe regeneration in Planaria.
Or
Explain the term regeneration as used in relation to reproduction.
Answer:
Regeneration: The process of repair, replacement or revival of damaged or severed body parts or reconstruction of the whole body from a small fragment of it during the post-embryonic period of a multicellular organism is termed regeneration. It is a morphogenetic mechanism.

Regeneration in Planaria: When the anterior end of Planaria is cut along the length into two more parts, each part develops into a new head, resulting in a many headed planaria.

If the body is cut into three, four or more pieces, each piece regenerates the missing parts. A noteworthy observation in this case is that a piece from the middle always regenerates a head towards its anterior side and tail towards its posterior side. In other words, each piece maintains its original polarity.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 10
Regeneration in planarians. A. Three individuals regenerate from an individual cut into three parts. B. Formation of a heteromorph with three heads.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 9.
What is vegetative propagation?
Answer:
Vegetative Propagation: Vegetative propagation is defined as formation of two or more individuals from any vegetative part of plant. In this type of vegetative propagation new plants can be raised from roots or stems or leaves of a plant.

It is a very rapid method. It is of two types.

  1. Natural vegetative propagation
  2. Artificial vegetative propagation.

Question 10.
Explain natural vegetative propagation by roots in plants.
Answer:
A number of herbaceous and woody perennial plants propagate vegetatively in nature. The common structures that take part in natural vegetative propagation are roots, stems, leaves and buds.

Vegetative Propagation by Roots:
Roots of some plants like radish, carrot, asparagus, tapioca, Dahlia and sweet potato etc. are tuberous and store abundant food material.

These roots when planted in specially prepared beds (soil), develop adventitious buds which grow into leafy shoots called “slips”. As the root tubers in sweet potato store large amounts of food, each produces several “slips”. The young “slips”are detached from the parent plant and grown separately.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 11
Vegetative propagation by roots is sweet potato

Question 11.
Briefly explain vegetative propagation by stems.
Answer:
Vegetative propagative by stems:
All underground stems even some aerial stems help in vegetative propagation. Some of these are aerial and creeping e.g. runners (Cynodon dactylon, lawn grass), stolons (Fragaria vesica, strawberry), and offsets (Eichhornia); other are underground e.g. rhizomes (Zingiber officinale), corms (Coloccisia), bulbs {Allium, cepa) and tubers (Solanum tuberosum).
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 12
Propagation of sugar cane from section of aerial stem. A, a piece of sugarcane stem having buds; B, bud growing into a new plant

Aerial stems of sugarcane, ipomoea, grape vine and cacti are also used for vegetative propagation.
In sugarcane, portions of the stem bearing one or more nodes and buds are cut and planted in the soil. Adventitious roots develop from the nodes and the buds grow into aerial shoots.

Question 12.
Give a brief account of vegetative propagation in leaves.
Or
Illustrate the following with the help of suitable diagram :
Leaf of BryophyHum with buds.
Answer:
Vegetative Propagation by Leaves. Under suitable conditions new plants can develop from the leaves.
In Bryophyllum, leaf helps in vegetative propagation. In the leaf there are notches, where meristem is present. When leaf comes in contact with soil, this meristem produces a new plant. Adventitious buds are formed in Begonia and Lilium on leaves which too help in vegetative propagation.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 13
Vegetative propagation by leaves in Bryophyllum

Question 13.
Differentiate grafting and cutting.
Answer:
Differences between grafting and cutting

Grafting Cutting
1. The process of fixing the stem piece on another stem fixed to the soil is called grafting. 1. The use of piece or cutting and placing it in moist soil is called cutting.
2. It involves stem pieces of two plants. 2. Only single plant is used.
3. The stem fixed to soil is called stock and grafted part is scion. 3. The pieces used are called cutting.

Question 14.
What is the difference between cutting and layering?
Answer:
Difference between cutting and layering

Cutting Layering
1. The piece of plant called cutting is placed in soil. 1. The branch from intact plant is kept in moist soil.
2. It is carried out by using root, stem and leaf. 2. Soft stem is used for layering

Question 15.
Explain tissue culture.
Answer:
Tissue culture: In this method, tissue or organ culture is utilized. Tissue or organ is grown on suitable medium containing hormones. Tissue proliferates to form, callus. From this callus arise new plantlets. Each plantlet when transferred to pot or soil produces new plant. Thus by this method, an indefinite number of plants can be raised from a small mass of parental tissue. This technique is commonly used for ornamental plants.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 16.
Write merits of vegetative propagation.
Answer:
Merits of vegetative propagation
Vegetative propagation has outstanding advantages. Some of these are as follows :

  • Plants produced by vegetative propagation are genetically similar and constitute a uniform population known as clone.
  • Some fruit trees like banana, pine-apple do not produce viable seeds so these are propagated by only vegetative methods.
  • It is more rapid and easier method of propagation.
  • Good characters are preserved by vegetative propagation.
  • Most of the ornamental plants are propagated by vegetative propagation.

Question 17.
Write demerits of vegetative propagation.
Answer:
Demerits of vegetative propagation

  • New varieties cannot be produced by vegetative propagation.
  • Quality of fruits cannot be changed since there is no sexual fusion, no meiosis and no recombination of characters occur.
  • Weeds growing with plants is harmful as there occurs widespread of weeds.
  • Disease contacted by a parent plant propagates in all the daughter plants.
  • There are no special mechanisms for dispersal.

Question 18.
What is a flower? Define the unisexual and bisexual giving one example of each.
Answer:
A flower is a specialized shoot which shows a limited growth and bears organs (stamens and pistils) essential for seed and fruit formation.

  • Unisexual Organism. Male and female sex organs are present in different individuals.
    Example : Human
  • Bisexual organism. Single individual having both male and female sex organs.
    Examples : Most of the plants, Tapeworm, Earthworm.

Question 19.
What is placentation?
Answer:
Placentation: The ovary contains one or more ovules, which later become seeds. The ovule bearing region of the carpel is called placenta. The arrangement of placentae and ovules within the ovary is called placentation.

Question 20.
What is pollination?
Answer:
Pollination. It is the transference of pollen grains from the anther of a flower to the stigma of the same or different flower.

Question 21.
What are the ways in which pollination occurs?
Answer:
Pollination may occur in any of the following ways :

  • The pollen of the same flower may fall on its stigma by itself.
  • The pollen of another flower of the same plant may fall on the stigma.
  • The pollen of a flower of another plant of the same species may land on the stigma.
  • This transference can occur through wind, insects or other agents.

Question 22.
What are the two kinds of pollination?
Answer:
Kinds of pollination.

  1. Self-pollination. It is the transfer of pollen from the anther to the stigma of the same flower or to the stigma of another flower of the same plant.
  2. Cross-pollination. It is the transfer of pollen from the anthers of flowers of one plant to the stigma of a flower of another plant.

Question 23.
Write two differences between self-pollination and cross-pollination.
Answer:
Differences between Self-pollination and Cross-pollination

Self-pollination Cross-pollination
1. It occurs within a flower or between two flowers of the same plant. 1. It occurs between two flowers borne on different plants of the same species.
2. Flowers do not depend upon other agencies for pollination. 2. Agents such as insects, water and wind are required ensuring pollination.

Question 24.
Draw well-labelled diagram of V.S. of the mature ovule of Angiosperms.
Answer:
Mature ovule.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 14
V.S. of mature ovule to show various parts

Question 25.
Give the structure of pollen grain.
Answer:
Structure of Pollen Grain
Pollen grain is a microscopic unicellular structure. It is covered by two layered walls— the inner intine and the outer thick exine. At certain places the exine has pores called germ pores. It contains two nuclei — a generative nucleus and a tube nucleus.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 26.
Trace the steps involved in the formation of the plant seed from pollination.
Or
Explain sexual reproduction in flowering plants.
Answer:
Formation of plant seed

  • Pollination is transfer and deposition of pollen on stigma.
  • Pollen grain germinates on the stigma. It gives rise pollen tube which carries male gametes.
  • A hypodermal cell of the nucellus in ovule enlarge’ cod forms megaspore mother cell.
  • The diploid megaspore mother cell undergoes meiosis to form four megaspores.
  • The functional megaspore enlarges into embryo sac.
  • The process of nuclear fusion (syngamy) of the male nucleus and one egg nucleus is termed fertilization. It forms diploid zygote. Second male gamete fuses with secondary nucleus to form primary endosperm nucleus.
  • Angiosperms exhibit double fertilization.
  • Fall of the petals, stamens, style and stigma.
  • The ovules develop into seeds.
  • As seeds contain the miniature but dormant future plant, they are dispersed by various agents such as wind, water and animals.

Question 27.
Depict the events of fertilization.
Answer:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 15

Question 28.
With the help of a labelled diagram, describe double fertilisation in plants.
Answer:
Double fertilization in plants:

  • The process of double fertilization occurs inside each embryo sac in which two fusions i.e. syngamy and triple fusion takes place.
  • As the pollen tube enters the ovule, the pollen tube releases two male gametes into
    embryo sac.
  • The embryo sac contains the egg.
  • The fusion of male and female gametes in the embryo sac of ovule is called syngamy. The product is called zygote.
  • The other male gamete fuses with the two polar nuclei. It is called triple fusion.

Significance:

  • Double fertilization provides stimulus to endosperm mother cell for the formation of nutritive tissue named endosperm.
  • It ensures continued supply of nourishment to the embryo that develops from zygote.

Question 29.
Draw diagram to show the path of pollen tube into pistil during fertilization.
Answer:
Path of Pollen tube into pistil during fertilization
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 16
Path of pollen tube in the pistil

Question 30.
Explain post-fertilization changes in plants.
Answer:
Post-fertilization changes. After fertilization most of the parts of the flower wither and significant changes occur inside the ovary.

  • The fertilized egg or zygote (oospore) along with the ovule changes into the seed.
  • The wall of the ovule forms the seed coat (testa). The seed contains the potential plant or embryo.
  • The embryo consists of radicle (potential root), plumule (potential shoot) and cotyledons (seed leaves).
  • In dicotyledonous plants there are two cotyledons while in monocotyledonous plants there is only one cotyledon.
  • In monocotyledonous plants food is stored in the endosperm (part of the seed).
  • The seeds become dry and dormant to overcome adverse conditions.
  • Ultimately the wall of the ovary ripens and changes into a fruit. Thus we see the seeds inside the fruit.

Question 31.
Name the various organs of male reproductive system of man.
Answer:
Male reproductive organs of man

  • A pair of testis
  • A pair of epididymis
  • A pair of vasa deferentia
  • Urethra
  • Penis
  • A pair of emina1 vesicles.
  • Male reproductive glands, Cowper’s gland and prostate gland.

Question 32.
Name the various organs of female reproductive system.
Answer:
Female reproductive system is composed of following organs :

  • A pair of ovaries.
  • A pair of fallopian tubes.
  • Uterus
  • Vagina
  • Vulva.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 33.
What are the male and female gonads in human beings? Mention their function.
Answer:
Male Gonads: The male gonads are called testes and female gonads ovaries.

Functions of testes :

  • Testes produce male gametes called sperms.
  • Testes produce male sex hormone called testosterone.

Functions of ovary :

  • Formation of female gametes (ova).
  • Production of female sex hormones (Estrogen and progesterone).

Question 34.
(a) In the human body what is the role of
(i) seminal vesicles and
Answer:
Function of seminal vesicles.
They secrete viscous alkaline seminal fluid that contains sugar fructose and ascorbic acid. Fructose provide energy to the spermatozoa for swimming.

(ii) prostate gland?
Answer:
Functions of prostate gland

  • It secretes the milky white slightly acidic fluid.
  • The secretion nourishes and serves as the medium for spermatozoa.

(b) List two functions performed by testes in human beings.
Answer:
Functions of testes :

  1. Testes produce male gametes called sperms.
  2. Testes produce male sex hormone called testosterone.

Question 34.
Write names of one male and one female sex hormones.
Answer:

  • Male sex hormones. Testosterone.
  • Female sex hormone. Estrogen.

Question 35.
Define Menstruation, precocious puberty and menopause.
Answer:
Menstruation: It is a process in which the blood, mucus and uterine tissue is eliminated in female mammals.
Precocious puberty: Normally a woman’s fertile life starts from the age of puberty (about 13 years), but under some abnormal conditions like high level of sex hormones (LH and FSH), menstruation starts at an early age than the normal, and then it is called precocious puberty.

Menopause: The natural physiological stoppage of menstruation is called menopause or the arrest of reproductive capacity at the age of 45-50 is called menopause. Woman is unable to bear the children at this stage.

Question 36.
Name and define the four stages in the uterine cycle.
Answer:
Uterine Cycle: The uterine cycle consists of four distinct stages as follows :

  • Menstruation. It lasts for five to seven days.
  • The proliferative phase. From the end of menstruation to the release of ovum, it lasts for 10-14 days.
  • Ovulatory phase. It is the release of ovum from the ovary.
  • Luteal. It lasts from ovulation to menstruation for about 10-days.

Question 37.
Write a short note on child birth or parturition.
Answer:

  • At or about the 40th week of pregnancy labour sets in. Contraction of the muscles of the uterine wall starts in the early stages of labour. This results in severe pain to the mother. It is known as labour pain.
  • The contraction of the uterine wall brings the baby towards the mouth of the uterus.
  • The joint of the pelvic bones becomes more flexible.
  • The cervix and the vaginal passage becomes much more flexible and wider.
  • At the same time, the uterine contractions become more and more forceful due to which the baby is forced out more and more.
  • Finally, it comes out completely. Generally the head comes out first followed by the shoulders, then the body and finally the legs.

Question 38.
What is placenta?
Answer:
Placenta: It is the structure formed by the union of the foetal and uterine tissue for the purpose of nutrition, respiration and excretion of the embryo. Although the blood vessels of the embryo and the mother come close but these are kept separated by some barriers between them. The useful substances pass from maternal blood to foetal blood while the wastes (excretory products and C02) are passed from the foetal blood to maternal blood.

Question 39.
Write the functions of placenta.
Answer:
Functions of placenta: The placenta serves primarily as an organ that permits the interchange of materials carried in the blood of mother and foetus.

The main functions are :

  • Nutrition: Supply of nutrient materials to foetus.
  • Respiration: Supply of 02 to foetus and receive C02 back from it.
  • Excretion: Fluid nitrogenous waste products escape through the placenta.
  • Barrier: The placenta is barrier like semipermeable membrane.
  • Storage: The placenta stores fat, glycogen and iron for the embiyo before the formation of liver.
  • Hormonal function: The placenta secures extra ovarian hormones estrogen and progesterone in female during pregnancy that serves to maintain foetus.

Question 40.
What is artificial insemination? Write the uses of artificial insemination.
Answer:
Artificial insemination: A process by which spermatozoa are collected from male and deposited in the female genitalia by instrumentation rather than by natural service is called artificial insemination.

Uses of artificial insemination

  • The semen of good quality of male animal may be used to inseminate number of females.
  • The preserved spermatic fluid can be transported to different places.
  • In case of man who is incapable of producing children this method can be used.

Question 41.
Name one sexually transmitted disease each caused due to bacterial infection and viral infection. How can these be prevented?
Answer:

  • Sexually transmitted disease caused due to bacterial infection : Syphilis.
  • Sexually transmitted disease caused due to viral infection : AIDS.

Prevention of sexually transmitted disease

  • People, particularly those in high-risk group, should be educated about AIDS transmission, advantage of using condom, danger of sharing needles and virtue of monogamy. Adultery has been prohibited in all religions. It must be avoided.
  • Sexual habits should be changed.
  • Before receiving blood, it should be screened for HIV.

Question 42.
What is puberty? Name the hormones responsible for production of sexual characters in human beings.
Answer:
Puberty: The period at which reproductive organs become mature and capable of functioning.
1. Changes in female (girl) at the time of puberty. These changes occur under the influence of hormones FSH (Follicle stimulating hormone) and estrogen.

  • Growth of breast and external genitalia.
  • Darkening of nipple skin.
  • Broadening of pelvis.
  • Growth of pubic and axillary hair.
  • Increase in subcutaneous fat.
  • Initiation of menstruation and ovulation.

2. Changes in male (boy): In male testosterone hormone is responsible for puberty.

  • Change of voice.
  • The appearance of beard and moustaches.
  • Discharge of semen.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 43.
Label the parts of human male reproductive system.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 17
Answer:

  • A – Bladder
  • B – Testis
  • C – Scrotum
  • D – Penis.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why do organism reproduce?
Answer:
Organisms reproduce so that species may continue.

Question 2.
Where are gene present?
Answer:
Genes are present in nucleus of cell.

Question 3.
Name the molecules which carry genetic information.
Answer:
DNA.

Question 4.
Expand DNA.
Answer:
DeoxyRibose Nucleic Acid.

Question 5.
DNA contains information for the synthesis of which molecule?
Answer:
Protein synthesis.

Question 6.
Name the molecules which makes its copy before reproduction.
Answer:
DNA.

Question 7.
What is the basis for evolution?
Answer:
The inbuilt capacity for variations during reproduction.

Question 8.
What is the role of reproduction?
Answer:

  • Propagation of species
  • Evolution of species.

Question 9.
Why are variation useful for organism?
Answer:
Variation enables the organism for its survival.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 10.
Name the various methods of vegetative propagation in plants.
Answer:

  • Cutting
  • Layering
  • Grafting.

Question 11.
Which part of bryophyllum can be used for vegetative propagation?
Answer:
Leaf of Bryophyllum.

Question 12.
Give one example of each: Vegetative propagation by (i) root (ii) stem.
Answer:

  1. Vegetative propagation by roots e.g. Sweet potato
  2. Vegetative propagation by stem e.g. Potato.

Question 13.
(i) When does binary fission and multiple fission in amoeba take place?
Answer:
Binary fission takes place during favourable period and multiple fission occurs during unfavourable period in amoeba.

(ii) ‘Malarial parasite’ divides into many daughter individuals simul-taneously through multiple fission. State an advantage the parasite gets because of this type of reproduction.
Answer:
Multiplication i.e. increase in number.

Question 14.
How do yeast, sponges and hydra reproduce asexually?
Answer:
All the three reproduce by budding.

Question 15.
How do Spirogyra and Mucor reproduce asexually?
Answer:
Spirogyra. Fragmentation and Regeneration, Mucor. Spore formation.

Question 16.
Which kind of organism have complex mode of reproduction.?
Answer:
Multicellular orsganisms.

Question 17.
Give two examples which reproduce as a result of reproduction.
Answer:
Hydra and Planaria.

Question 18.
Which part of cell is used for tissue culture technique?
Answer:
Tissue or cells from the tip of shoot are used for obtaining plants by tissue culture method.

Question 19.
What is callus?
Answer:
An unorganised mass of cells formed by repeated cell division in tissue culture technique.

Question 20.
What are the fibrous growth present on bread?
Answer:
Hyphae of rhizopus (A fungus)

Question 21.
What is sperm?
Answer:
Motile male gamete is called sperm.

Question 22.
What is ovum?
Answer:
Female gamete is called ovum. It is non-motile ooplasm rich in nutrients.

Question 23.
Name the male and female reproductive organs of a flower.
Answer:
Male organs Stamen, Female organ-Carpel (Pistil).

Question 24.
Name two plants which bear unisexual flowers.
Answer:
Papaya, Water melon.

Question 25.
Give two example of plants which bear bisexual flowers.
Answer:
Mustard plant, Rose plant.

Question 26.
Name the agencies which help in pollination.
Answer:
Air, water, insects and other animals.

Question 27.
Name the hormone which play role in formation of sperm.
Answer:
FSH (Follicle Stimulating Hormone)

Question 28.
When and where are eggs formed in females?
Answer:
Eggs are formed in ovarian follicles of ovary during foetal condition.

Question 29.
Where is fertilized egg implanted after fertilization?
Answer:
Uterus.

Question 30.
Coin the term for fusion of male and female gametes.
Answer:
Fertilization.

Question 31.
Give examples of plants which are propagated by stem cutting.
Answer:
Sugarcane, Rose, Fig and Mulberry.

Question 32.
Name plants .which reproduce by artificial vegetative propagation.
Answer:
Grapes, Rose and Fig.

Question 33.
Name three methods of vege-tative propagation,
Answer:

  1. Cutting
  2. Grafting
  3. Layering.

Question 34.
Give two examples of each. Vegetative propagation by
(i) Tissue culture
Answer:
Tissue culture – Orchid, Asparagus

(ii) Layering.
Answer:
Layering – Magnolis, Rhododendson

Question 35.
What term is used if the pollen is transferred to the stigma of same flower?
Answer:
Self-pollination.

Question 36.
What is fruit?
Answer:
Fruit: Fruit is a ripened ovary.

Question 37.
Which parts of the seed form root and shoot?
Answer:

  • Root is formed from radicle.
  • Shoot is formed from plumule.

Question 38.
What are the advantages of vegetative propagation?
Answer:

  • Plants produced are genetically similar and form uniform population.
  • It is a rapid method of propagation.

Question 39.
Name four methods of asexual repoduction.
Answer:

  1. Binary fission
  2. Multiple fission
  3. Budding
  4. Fragmentation

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 40.
Name three plants which repor-duce by natural vegetative methods.
Answer:

  1. Potato
  2. Banana
  3. Sweet potato.

Question 41.
What is a flower?
Answer:
Flower: It is a modified shoot specialized to carry out sexual reproduction in plants.

Question 42.
Name four whorls of flower.
Answer:
Whorls of flower:

  1. Calyx
  2. Corolla
  3. Androecium and
  4. Gynoecium.

Question 43.
List the different parts of a carpel.
Answer:
Carpel: It consists of three parts, viz., ovary, style and stigma.

Question 44.
Where are pollens and ovules present in flower?
Answer:

  • Pollens – Anther lobes
  • Ovules – Ovary.

Question 45.
What is pollination?
Answer:
It is the transference of pollen grains from anthers of a flower to the stigma of same or another flower of same species.

Question 46.
What is formed in the egg after fertilization?
Answer:
Embryo.

Question 47.
Give example for asexual method of resproduction.
Answer:
Hydra.

Question 48.
What will happen if hydra is cut into two or more pieces?
Answer:
Each piece of hydra will grow into new individuals and the process is called regeneration.

Question 49.
What is gamete?
Answer:
Gametes are male and female sex cells.

Question 50.
Coin the term for male and female gamete.
Answer:
Sperm and ovum respectively.

Question 51.
Give two examples of bisexual animals.
Answer:

  1. Liver fluke
  2. Earthworm.

Question 52.
What is fertilization?
Answer:
Fusion of male and female gametes is called fertilization.

Question 53.
What are viviparous animals?
Answer:
The animals which give birth to young ones are called viviparous animals.

Question 54.
What are oviparous animals?
Answer:
The animals which lay eggs are called oviparous animals.

Question 55.
Give examples of vivi-parous animals?
Answer:

  • Cow
  • Cat
  • Monkey.

Question 56.
Write examples of oviparous animals.
Answer:

  • Insects
  • Frog
  • Birds.

Question 57.
Name two types of pollination.
Answer:

  1. Self-pollination
  2. Cross-pollination.

Question 58.
Name three parts of pistil.
Answer:

  1. Ovary
  2. Style
  3. Stigma.

Question 59.
What is foetus?
Answer:
A 12 week old embryo in the genital tract (uterus) of mother in viviparous animals is called foetus.

Question 60.
List two characters which start developing in girls during puberty.
Answer:

  1. Growth of mammary glands.
  2. Growth of public hairs.

Question 61.
State any two characters which appear during.puberty in boys.
Answer:

  1. Appearance of beard.
  2. Growth of public hairs.

Question 62.
What is semen?
Answer:
Sperms and seminal plasma constitute semen.

Question 63.
What is placenta?
Answer:
Placenta is an organ of attachment between an embryo and the uterine wall of mother w hich is for med jointly by them.

Question 64.
Define pregnancy.
Answer:
The duration for whic h embryo remain implanted inibhe wall of uterus is called pregnancy or period of gestation.

Question 65.
Name the organs of human male reproductive system.
Answer:

  1. 1. Testes
  2. Scrotum
  3. Epididymes
  4. Vasa deferntiai
  5. Urethra
  6. Reproductive glands (seminal vesicles prostate gland and and Cowper’s glands).

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 66.
Name the organs of human female reproductive system.
Answer:

  1. Ovariea
  2. Oviducts (Fallopian tubes)
  3. Uterus
  4. Vagina
  5. Vulva
  6. Female reproduct ive glands (Mammary glands).

Question 67.
What is ovulation?
Answer:
Ovulation is release of mature ovum by bursting the mature follicle of ovary.

Question 68.
Supply the scientific term for the following :
(i) Release of ovum from ovary.
Answer:
Ovulation

(ii) Onset of menstrual cycle in female.
Answer:
Puberty.

Question 69.
What is the function of sperm duct?
Answer:
Sperm duct (vas deferens). It conducts sperms from testes to urethra.

Question 70.
What is the function of scrotum?
Answer:
Thermoregulation. Scrotum provides a lower temperature than body temperature for the development of sperms.

Question 71.
Give two examples of accessory sex characters in man.
Answer:
Accessory sex characters :

  1. Presence of facial hair in man.
  2. Broad shoulders and low pitch voice.

Question 72.
What is after birth?
Answer:
Placenta expelled after delivery.

Question 73.
What will happen if the fallopian tubes are partially blocked and the ovulated eggs are prevented from reaching the uterus?
Answer:
Fertilization may take place but the zygote may develop in the tube instead of uterus.

Question 74.
Where does fertilization take place in human beings?
Answer:
In the fallopian tube.

Question 75.
How does the developing child itt the uterus get its nourishment?
Answer:
It gets its nourishment from placenta.

Question 76.
In how many weeks develop-ment of foetus is completed?
Answer:
About 40 (forty) weeks after fertilization.

Question 77.
Give one example of each, (i) mechanical methods of contra-ception (ii) chemical methods of contra-ception.
Answer:
Mechanical. Condoms in males and diaphragm in female.
Chemical. Use of oral pills.

Question 78.
What is the removal of small piece of sperm duct from male and fallopian tube from female called?
Answer:
Removal of sperm duct – Vasectomy
Removal of fallopian tube – Tubectomy.

Question 79.
When do the boys attain adolescence?
Answer:
16 to 18 years.

Question 80.
When do the girls attain adole-scence?
Answer:
13 to 15 years.

Question 81.
Name the part of female genital tract where foetus develops.
Answer:
Uterus.

Question 82.
What is the function of copper-T?
Answer:
A copper-T is placed safely inside the uterus. It prevents implantation in the uterus.

Question 83.
List the aspects which reproductive health includes.
Answer:
Reproductive health includes aspects that ensure a responsible, safe and satisfying reproductive life.

Question 84.
Name any three sexually transmitted diseases (STDs).
Answer:
Gonorrhoea, Syphilis and AIDS.

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Reproduction in Amoeba is by:
(A) Binary fission
(B) Multiple fission
(C) Budding
(D) Regeneration.
Answer:
(A) Binary fïssion

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 2.
Biyophyllum in nature is reproduced by :
(A) Foliar adventitious buds
(B) Seeds
(C) Roots
(D) None of these.
Answer:
(A) Foliar adventitious buds

Question 3.
In which organism can we see budding?
(A) BrvophyHurn
(B) Hydra
C) Yeast
(D) All of above.
Answer:
(B) Hydra

Question 4.
In which of the following regeneration take place?
(A) Hydra
(B) Planaria
(C) Both A & B
(D) Human.
Answer:
(D) Human.

Question 5.
In which of the following asexual reproduction take place through spore formation?
(A) Plasmodium
(B) Leishmania
(C) Spirogvra
(D) Rhizopus.
Answer:
(D) Rhizopus.

Question 6.
In man why testes are located outside the abdominal cavity in scrotum?
(A) For security reasons
(B) Because sperms formation needs lower temperature than normal body temperature
(C) For proper delivery of sperms to the female vaginal tract during copulation
(D) None of the above.
Answer:
(B) Because sperms formation needs lower temperature than normal body temperature

Question 7.
If the egg is not fertilized then lining of which of the following breaks and come out as blood?
(A) Cervix
(B) Oviduct
(C) Vagina
(D) None of these.
Answer:
(D) None of these.

Question 8.
Which of the following shrivel and fall off when ovary risens to form fruit :
(A) Sepals
(B) Petals
(C) Stamen
(D) All of the above.
Answer:
(D) All of the above.

Question 9.
Placenta is embedded in:
(A) Cervix
(B) Uterus
(C) Vagina
(D) Oviduct.
Answer:
(B) Uterus

Fill in the blanks:

Question 1.
________ is a means of perpetuation of the species.
Answer:
Reproduction.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 2.
________ are well defined places of population of organism of any ecosystem.
Answer:
Niches.

Question 3.
________ and ________ are common methods of reproduction.
Answer:
Fission and Budding.

Question 4.
________ is a reproductive shoot of higher plants.
Answer:
Flower.

Question 5.
________ is the process of fusion of male gamete with egg or oosphere.
Answer:
Fertilization.

Question 6.
Fertilization occurs in ________
Answer:
Fallopian tubes.

Question 7.
________ occurs in angiospermic plants.
Answer:

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Main Course Book Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 English Main Course Book Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why was the stout lady walking down the middle of a road ?
Answer:
She thought she had liberty to walk wherever she liked. She said now they had got liberty.

वह समझती थी कि उसे इस बात की आज़ादी है कि वह जहाँ चाहे, चल सकती है। उसने कहा कि अब उन्हें आजादी प्राप्त हो गई थी।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Question 2.
How was the stout lady mistaken about liberty ?
Answer:
She failed to understand that if every man were free to do what he liked,there would be no freedom at all. There would be chaos everywhere.

वह इस बात को समझने में असफल रही कि यदि प्रत्येक आदमी वह करने को आजाद हो जो वह चाहता है, तो वहां बिल्कुल कोई आजादी नहीं रहेगी। सभी जगह अराजकता फैल जाएगी।

Question 3.
What does the policeman at Picadilly Circus symbolize ?
Answer:
He symbolizes the true meaning of liberty. He puts a little check on personal liberty so that there is social liberty.

वह स्वतन्त्रता के सच्चे अर्थ का प्रतीक है। वह निजी स्वतन्त्रता पर थोड़ी-सी रोक लगाता है ताकि वहां सामाजिक स्वतन्त्रता हो सके।

Question 4.
Can we do whatever we feel like doing?
Answer:
Liberty is not a personal affair. It is a social contract. So we can’t be free to do whatever we like to do.

स्वतन्त्रता कोई निजी बात नहीं होती। यह एक सामाजिक इकरारनामा होती है। इसलिए हम अपनी इच्छा का हर कोई काम करने को स्वतन्त्र नहीं हो सकते हैं।

Question 5.
What was the writer reading during the journey ?
Answer:
He was reading a Blue-book.

वह एक महत्त्वपूर्ण सूचनाओं वाली पुस्तक पढ़ रहा था।

Question 6.
Why did the writer need a reasonable silence in the compartment ?
Answer:
The writer was not reading the book for pleasure. He was reading it for a serious purpose. That was why he needed a reasonable silence.

लेखक पुस्तक को आनन्द के लिए नहीं पढ़ रहा था। वह इसे एक गम्भीर उद्देश्य के लिए पढ़ रहा था। इसी कारण से उसे यथोचित शान्ति की आवश्यकता थी।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Question 7.
Who disturbed the author on the train ?
Answer:
Two passengers boarded the train. One of them kept talking loudly. The author couldn’t concentrate on the book he wanted to read.

दो यात्री गाड़ी में सवार हुए। उनमें से एक ऊंचे-ऊंचे स्वर में बोलता रहा। लेखक अपना ध्यान उस पुस्तक में केन्द्रित न कर पाया जो वह पढ़ना चाहता था।

Question 8.
What was the intruding passenger talking of ?
Answer:
He was not talking of any particular thing. He was talking of any and every subject under the sun.

वह किसी विशेष विषय पर बात नहीं कर रहा था। वह कल्पना किए जा सकने वाले किसी भी और सभी विषयों पर बोल रहा था।

Question 9.
What is the basis of social contract ?
Answer:
A reasonable consideration for the rights of others is the basis of social contract.

दूसरों के अधिकारों के प्रति उचित सम्मान रखना सामाजिक समझौते का आधार होता है।

Question 10.
We should be a judicious mixture of both.What does the writer mean by this statement ?
Answer:
There can neither be complete social liberty nor complete individual liberty. There must be a judicious mixture of both.

वहां न तो पूर्ण रूप से सामाजिक स्वतन्त्रता हो सकती है और न ही व्यक्तिगत स्वतन्त्रता। वहां अवश्य दोनों का विवेकपूर्ण मिश्रण होना चाहिए।

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What is the theme of the essay, ‘The Rule of the Road ? Explain.
Answer:
Liberty is not a personal affair. It is a social contract. Our personal liberty must not become a cause of nuisance for others. It is good to have personal liberty, but we must have reasonable consideration for the rights of others. Only then we can sweeten the journey of life.

स्वतन्त्रता कोई निजी बात नहीं होती है। यह एक सामाजिक समझौता होता है। हमारी निजी स्वतन्त्रता दूसरों के लिए सिरदर्दी नहीं बननी चाहिए। निजी स्वतन्त्रता होना अच्छी बात होती है किन्तु हमें दूसरों के अधिकारों के प्रति उपयुक्त सम्मान रखना चाहिए। केवल तभी हम जीवन-रूपी यात्रा को मधुर बना सकते हैं।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Question 2.
Describe, in your own words, how the writer was disturbed during his train journey.
Answer:
During his train journey, the writer wanted to do some serious reading. But two men boarded the train and sat next to him. One of them started talking loudly. He kept talking irrelevantly all the time. He made it impossible for the writer to continue with his reading.

अपनी रेल-यात्रा के दौरान लेखक कोई गम्भीर पढ़ने का काम करना चाहता था। किन्तु दो आदमी गाड़ी में सवार हो गए और उसकी बगल में बैठ गए। उनमें से एक ऊंचे स्वर में बातें करने लगा। वह पूरा समय असंगत बातें करता रहा। उसने लेखक के लिए अपना पढ़ने का काम जारी रखना असम्भव बना दिया।

Question 3.
‘Liberty is not a personal affair only, but a social contract.’ Explain.
Answer:
Liberty is not a personal affair; it is a social contract. Unrestrained personal liberty can lead to chaos only. Our personal liberty should not intrude into the liberty of others. It should not become a nuisance for others. In order to sweeten the journey of life, we should have a reasonable regard for the liberty of others.

आज़ादी कोई निजी विषय नहीं होता; यह एक सामाजिक समझौता होता है। अनियन्त्रित निजी आजादी केवल अव्यवस्था की ओर ले जा सकती है। हमारी निजी आजादी को दूसरों की आज़ादी में घुसपैठ नहीं करना चाहिए। यह दूसरों के लिए सिरदर्दी नहीं बननी चाहिए। जीवन रूपी यात्रा को मधुर बनाने के लिए हमें दूसरों की आजादी के प्रति उचित सम्मान प्रदर्शित करना चाहिए।

Vocabulary and Grammar

Question 1.
Match the phrases in Column A with their meanings in Column B :
Answer:
A ——– B
A pointed out — showed, explained
of course — without doubt
to have a fancy for — to have a liking for
to be indifferent to — to ignore
to occur — to come to mind
to look after — to take care of
to fly into passion — to go mad
to rush out — to come out quickly
to reflect on — to think about

Question 2.
Add the correct suffixes to the words given in the brackets and fill in the blanks, choosing words from the list given below :
Answer:
1. We must work hard for our freedom.
2. The difference between madness and wisdom is measured by success.
3. Human journey from childhood to manhood is full of surprises.
4. Truthfulness is essential for sweetness in life.
5. Parenthood is an art.
6. Happiness is an intrinsic quality.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Question 3.
Fill in the blanks with suitable words from amongst those given in the box :
Answer:
There once lived in Athens a very wise man called Diogenes. He was an eccentric fellow. To show people how he despised wealth and luxury, he lived in an old tub. One day he came to the marketplace with a lighted lantern in broad daylight. He looked at the face of everyone he met with his lantern. People followed him wondering as to what he was searching for. But he did not answer their questions. At last he blew out his lantern and went into his tub. When people pressed him for an answer, he replied, “I was looking for an honest man; but there is not a single such man in all Athens.”

Question 4.
Punctuate the following sentences : Answer:
(a) “But why? Isn’t it absurd ?” I persisted. “I can buy as many things as I like,” he replied.
(b) John said, “I am in a hurry and can’t spare time.”
(c) Phatik was furious. He cried, “If you don’t get down this minute, I’ll thrash you.”
(d) “What an easy paper !” said Ashok. “Was it set by a kind examiner ?”
(e) On Tuesday, the Prime Minister of Afghanistan would reach India.

Question 5.
Rearrange the following words and phrases to form meaningful sentences :
Answer:
(a) Cricket is a game of glorious uncertainties.
(b) Mumbai is a very large city.
(c) Jupiter, the largest planet in the solar system, has thirty-nine satellites.
(d) The equator is an imaginary line that divides the earth into two equal halves.

Question 6.
Fill in the blanks with correct form of the verbs given in brackets :
Answer:
(a) Sitar maestro Pandit Ravi Shankar has been nominated for this year’s Grammy Award for his album, ‘Full Circle’.
(b) This is the fourth time he has been nominated for the music world’s top award.
(c) Shankar has already won two Grammy Awards.
(d) ‘Full Circle’, which was recorded in October 2000, features Shankar’s rendering of the night raga Kaushi Kanhara.

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
What is liberty ?
(i) A personal affair.
(ii) A social contract.
(iii) Both of these.
(iv) None of these.
Answer:
(ii) A social contract.

Question 2.
What was the author reading during the journey ?
Answer:
He was reading a Blue-book

Question 3.
We should interfere in the liberty of others. (True/False)
Answer:
False

Question 4.
The stout old lady was walking in the middle of the
(i) road
(ii) pavement
(iii) railway track
(iv) none of these.
Answer:
(i) road

Question 5.
The policeman at Picadilly Circus is the symbol of ……..
(i) liberty
(ii) tyranny
(iii) anarchy
(iv) none of these.
Answer:
(i) liberty

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Question 6.
A reasonable consideration for the …………. of others is the foundation of social conduct.
(i) duties
(ii) friends
(iii) rights
(iv) relatives.
Answer:
(iii) rights

Answer each of the following in one word / phrase / sentence :

Question 1.
Name the author of the chapter.
Answer:
A.G. Gardiner.

Question 2.
What is the author’s purpose in writing this essay ?
Answer:
To tell us how we should behave while using the roads.

Question 3.
What was the undesirable thing the lady was doing in Petrograd ?
Answer:
She was causing confusion all around.

Question 4.
What did the lady wrongly think ?
Answer:
She thought she was free to do anything she liked.

Question 5.
Is a policeman controlling the traffic a symbol of tyranny ?
Answer:
No, he is truly a symbol of liberty.

Question 6.
How can we enjoy a good social order ?
Answer:
By allowing our liberty to be curtailed a bit.

Question 7.
Can I be allowed to do whatever I feel like ?
Answer:
No, I can do nothing that affects other people’s liberty.

Question 8.
Why was the author feeling uncomfortable in the train ?
Answer:
Because his co-passengers went on chatting very loudly.

Question 9.
Can we be complete anarchists or completely socialists ?
Answer:
No, we can and must try to be a judicious mixture of both.

Question 10.
Can I choose to make my son a pickpocket ?
Answer:
No, such an unsocial act is not allowed in a civilized society.

Complete the following:

1. The lady in Petrograd had no respect for …………
2. The excessive individual liberty is liable to become a social
3. The policeman at the Picadilly circus is a symbol of …………………. not of tyranny.
4. In my own matters, I can be as ………………… as I like.
5. We are more conscious of ………………… than of our own.
6. Good social conduct implies a ……………. consideration for the rights of others.
Answer:
1. rule of the road
2. anarchy
3. liberty
4. free
5. the faults of others
6. reasonable.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

Write True or False against each statement :

1. The lady in the story was walking in London.
2. Picadilly Circus is in Petrograd.
3. Our liberty should not cause inconvenience to others.
4. The two men in the railway carriage were aware of the rule of the road.
5. The author wanted to read a novel in the train.
6. A civilized person always has a consideration for the rights of others.
7. Liberty is merely a personal affair, not a social contract.
Answer:
1. False
2. False
3. True
4. False
5. False
6. True
7. False.

Choose the correct option for each of the following :

Question 1.
The lady in the story was walking in the middle of ……….
(a) a street
(b) a thoroughfare
(c) the pavement
(d) a crowded platform.
Answer:
(a) a street

Question 2.
The policeman at the Picadilly circus was …….
(a) an arrogant person
(b) talking loudly
(c) disrespectful to the ladies
(d) a symbol of liberty.
Answer:
(d) a symbol of liberty.

Question 3.
We have to sacrifice a bit of …………. in a civilized society.
(a) our personal liberty
(b) other people’s liberty
(c) truthfulness
(d) none of these three.
Answer:
(a) our personal liberty

Question 4.
In my personal matters, I am ………..
(a) bound by religion
(b) free to do what I like
(c) to be honest
(d) I am not free
Answer:
(b) free to do what I like

Question 5.
“The rule of the road
(a) is an indicator of our civility
(b) can be flouted
(c) has least importance
(d) is just an essay.
Answer:
(a) is an indicator of our civility

The Rule of the Road Summary & Translation in English

The Rule of the Road Introduction:
We have the liberty to do what we like, but our liberty should not interfere with the liberty of others. If every man were free to do what he likes, there would be chaos everywhere. The rule of the road means that to preserve the liberties of all, the liberties of everybody must be curtailed. That is what a policeman on the road does.

Liberty is not a personal affair. It is a compromise or social contract. We are free in matters which don’t touch the liberty of anyone. But in matters which affect the liberty of others, we have to curtail our liberty. We should never do anything that can cause discomfort to those around us.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

For example, we should not talk aloud while travelling in a train if someone sitting close to us wants to read or do something in quiet. A reasonable consideration for the rights of others is the foundation of social conduct. This is the only test of our being civilized or uncivilized. Society has to respect the liberty of the individual and the individual has to respect the liberty of society. There can neither be complete social liberty nor complete individual liberty. It is a judicious mixture of both.

The Rule of the Road Summary & Translation in English

(Page 110)

That was a jolly story which Mr Arthur Ransome told the other day in one of his messages from Petrograd. A stout old lady was walking with her basket down the middle of a street in Petrograd to the great confusion of the traffic and with no small peril to herself. It was pointed out to her that the pavement was the place for foot passengers, but she replied : ‘I’m going to walk where I like.

We’ve got liberty now.’ It did not occur to the dear old lady that if liberty entitled the foot passenger to walk down the middle of a road, it also entitled the car driver to drive on the pavement, and that the end of such liberty would be universal chaos. Everybody would be getting in everybody else’s way and nobody would get anywhere. Individual liberty would have become social anarchy.

There is a danger of the world getting liberty-drunk in these days like the old lady with the basket, and it is just as well to remind ourselves of what the rule of the road means. It means that in order that the liberties of all may be preserved, the liberties of everybody must be curtailed. When the policeman, say at Picadilly Circus, steps into the middle of the road and puts out his hand, he is the symbol not of tyranny, but of liberty.

You may not think so. You may, being in a hurry and seeing your motor car pulled up by this insolence of office, feel that your liberty has been outraged. How dare this fellow interfere with your free use of the public highway ? Then, if you are a reasonable person, you will reflect that if he did not, incidentally, interfere with you he would interfere with no one, and the result would be that Picadilly Circus would be a maelstrom that you would never cross at all. You have submitted to a curtailment of private liberty in order that you may enjoy a social order which makes your liberty a reality.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

(Page 111)

Liberty is not a personal affair only, but a social contract. It is an accommodation of interests. In matters which do not touch anybody else’s liberty, of course, I may be as free as I like. If I choose to go down the Strand in a dressing-gown with long hair and bare feet, who shall raise on objection ? You have liberty to laugh at me, but I have liberty to be indifferent to you. And if I have a fancy for dyeing my hair, or waxing my moustache or wearing a tall hat, a frock-coat and sandals, or going to bed late or getting up early, I shall follow my fancy and ask no man’s permission.

In all these and a thousand other details you and I please ourselves and ask no one’s leave. We have a whole kingdom in which we rule alone, can do what we choose, be wise or ridiculous, harsh or easy, conventional or odd. But directly we step out of that kingdom, our personal liberty of action becomes qualified by other people’s liberty. I might like to practise on the guitar from midnight till three in the morning.

If I went on to the top of a hill to do it, I could please myself, but if I do it out in the streets, the neighbours will remind me that my liberty to play on a guitar must not interfere with their liberty to sleep in quiet. There are a lot of people in the world, and I have to accommodate my liberty to their liberties. We are all liable to forget this and, unfortunately, we are much more conscious of the imperfections of others in this respect than of our own.

(Page 112)

I got into a railway carriage at a country station the other morning and settled down for what the school-boys would call an hour’s ‘swot’ at a Blue- book. I was not reading it for pleasure. The truth is that I never do read Blue- books for pleasure. I read them as a lawyer reads a brief, for the very humble purpose of turning an honest penny out of them. Now, if you are reading a book for pleasure it doesn’t matter what is going on around you. I think I could enjoy a really good novel even in the midst of an earthquake.

But when you are reading a thing as a task, you need reasonable quiet, and that is what I didn’t get, for at the next station in came a couple of men, one of whom talked to his friend for the rest of the journey in a loud and pompous voice on any and every subject under the sun.
If I had asked him to be good enough to talk in a lower tone, I daresay he would have thought I was a very rude fellow.

It did not occur to him that anybody could have anything better to do than to listen to him, and I have no doubt he left the carriage convinced that everybody in it had, thanks to him, had a very illuminating journey, and would carry away a pleasing impression of his great knowledge. He was obviously a well-intentioned person. The thing that was wrong with him was that he had not the social sense. He was not ‘a clubbable man’. A reasonable consideration for the rights or feelings of others is the foundation of social conduct.

Let us take the guitar as an illustration again. A man who wants to learn to play on it is entitled to learn it in his own house, even though he is a nuisance to his neighbours, but it is his business to make the nuisance as slight as possible. He must practise in the attic and shut the window. He has no right to sit in his front room, open the window, and blow his noise into his neighbours’ ears with the maximum of violence.

You are interfering with the liberties of your neighbours if you don’t do what you can to limit the noise to your own household. Your neighbours may prefer to have their Sunday afternoon undisturbed, and it is as great an impertinence for you to wilfully 10 trespass on their peace as it would be to go, unasked, into their gardens and trample on their flower beds.

(Page 113)

There are cases, of course, where the clash of liberties seems to defy compromise. My dear old friend X, who lives in West End Square and who is an amazing mixture of good nature and irascibility, flies into a passion when he hears a street piano, and rushes out to order it away. But nearby lives a distinguished lady of romantic picaresque tastes, who dotes on street pianos, and attracts them as wasps are attracted to a jar of jam. Whose liberty in this case should surrender to the other ? For the like of me, I cannot say. It is as reasonable to like street pianos as to dislike them and vice versa. I would give much to hear Sancho Panza’s solution of such a nice riddle.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

I suppose the fact is, that we can be neither complete anarchists nor complete socialists in this complex world. We must be a judicious mixture of both. We have both liberties to preserve, our individual liberty and our social liberty. I shall not permit any authority to say that my child must go to this school or that, shall specialize in science or arts, shall play cricket or soccer.

These things are personal. But if I proceed to say that my child shall have no education at all, that he shall be brought up as a primeval savage, or at Mr Fagin’s academy for pickpockets, then society will politely but firmly tell me that it has no use for primeval savages and a very stern objection to pickpockets, and that my child must have a certain minimum of education whether I like it or not. I cannot have the liberty to be nuisance to my neighbours or make my child a burden and a danger to the commonwealth.

It is in the small matters of conduct, in the observance of the rule of the road, that we pass judgement upon ourselves, and declare that we are civilized or uncivilized. The great moments of heroism and sacrifice are rare. It is the little habits of commonplace intercourse that make up the great sum of life and sweeten or make bitter the journey. I hope my friend in the railway carriage will reflect on this.

The Rule of the Road Summary & Translation in Hindi

The Rule of the Road Introduction:
हमें वह करने की आज़ादी है जो हम करना चाहते हैं, लेकिन हमारी आजादी दूसरों की आज़ादी में बाधा नहीं बननी चाहिए। यदि प्रत्येक व्यक्ति वह करने को आज़ाद हो जो वह चाहता है, तो सभी जगह अराजकता फैल जाएगी। सड़क के नियम का मतलब यह है कि सभी लोगों के स्वतन्त्र अधिकारों को बनाए रखने के लिए, सभी के स्वतन्त्र अधिकारों में कांट-छांट करनी ज़रूरी होती है।

सड़क पर तैनात किया गया पुलिस कर्मी यही काम करता है। स्वतन्त्रता कोई निजी बात नहीं होती। यह एक समझौता अथवा सामाजिक इकरारनामा होता है। हम ऐसे विषयों में स्वतन्त्र होते हैं जो दूसरों की स्वतन्त्रता को छूते नहीं हैं। किन्तु ऐसे विषयों में, जो दूसरों की स्वतन्त्रता को प्रभावित करते हों, हमें अपनी स्वतन्त्रता को सीमित करना होता है।

हमें कभी कोई ऐसा काम नहीं करना चाहिए जो हमारे इर्द-गिर्द के लोगों के लिए असुविधाजनक हो। उदाहरण के रूप में, हमें गाड़ी में यात्रा करते समय ऊँचा नहीं बोलना चाहिए यदि हमारी बगल में बैठा हुआ कोई आदमी पढ़ना चाह रहा हो अथवा खामोशी में कोई दूसरा काम करना चाह रहा हो। दूसरों के अधिकारों के लिए उचित सम्मान सामाजिक व्यवहार का आधार होता है। हमारे सभ्य या असभ्य होने की यही एकमात्र परख होती है। समाज को व्यक्ति की स्वतन्त्रता का सम्मान करना होता है और व्यक्ति को समाज की स्वतन्त्रता का। पूर्ण रूप से न तो सामाजिक स्वतन्त्रता हो सकती है और न ही व्यक्तिगत स्वतन्त्रता। यह दोनों का विवेकपूर्ण मिश्रण होता है।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

The Rule of the Road Summary & Translation in Hindi

(Page 110)

यह एक मज़ेदार कहानी थी जो उस दिन मिस्टर आर्थर रेन्सम ने पैट्रोग्राड से भेजे गए अपने सन्देशों में से एक सन्देश में बताई थी। एक हृष्ट-पुष्ट बूढ़ी औरत अपनी टोकरी उठाए हुए पैट्रोग्राड (पूर्ववर्ती रूस की राजधानी) की एक सड़क के बीचों-बीच चली जा रही थी। जिसके कारण यातायात में बहुत गड़बड़ पैदा हो रही थी तथा ऐसा करना स्वयं उस औरत के लिए भी कोई कम खतरनाक नहीं था। उसे बताया गया कि पैदल चलने वालों के लिए सड़क के साथ वाली पटरी उपयुक्त स्थान होता है, किन्तु वह औरत कहने लगी, “जहाँ मैं चाहती हूँ, वहीं चलूँगी। अब हमें आजादी मिल गई है।” उस प्यारी बूढ़ी औरत के दिमाग में यह बात न आई कि यदि स्वतन्त्रता का अर्थ पैदल चलने वालों को सड़क के मध्य चलने का अधिकार है तो इस का अर्थ यह भी है कि गाड़ी चलाने वालों को पटरी के ऊपर अपनी गाड़ी चलाने का अधिकार है और इस सबका अन्तिम परिणाम यह होगा कि सभी जगह अव्यवस्था फैल जाएगी।

प्रत्येक व्यक्ति दूसरे व्यक्ति के रास्ते में फंसने लगेगा और कोई भी कहीं पहुँच नहीं पाएगा। इस तरह व्यक्तिगत स्वतन्त्रता सामाजिक अराजकता का रूप धारण कर लेगी। टोकरी वाली बूढ़ी महिला की भांति आजकल संसार के लोगों को स्वतन्त्रता का नशा होने का खतरा बन आया है। इसलिए उचित रहेगा कि हम स्वयं को याद दिलाएँ कि सड़क के नियम का अर्थ क्या होता है। इसका अर्थ यह होता है कि सभी व्यक्तियों की स्वतन्त्रताओं में कुछ कांट-छांट की जाए ताकि प्रत्येक व्यक्ति की स्वतन्त्रताओं को बनाए रखा जा सके। उदाहरण के रूप में, जब कोई पुलिसकर्मी पिकाडिली सर्कस (लंदन का एक व्यस्त व्यापारिक चौराहा) के मध्य में आकर अपना हाथ उठा लेता है, तो उस समय वह किसी अत्याचार का प्रतीक नहीं होता है, अपितु स्वतन्त्रता का प्रतीक होता है। हो सकता है आप ऐसा न सोचें। हो सकता है आप जल्दी में हों और समझें कि पुलिसकर्मी का व्यवहार अभद्र है जिसने आप की गाड़ी को रोक दिया है, और इस तरह आप समझें कि आप की आजादी का अपमान किया गया है।

आप सोच सकते हैं कि उसकी हिम्मत कैसे हुई जो उसने सड़क के स्वतन्त्र इस्तेमाल करने के आपके अधिकार में विघ्न डाला। किन्तु यदि आप एक विवेकी आदमी हैं तो आप सोचेंगे कि यदि उसने आपको न टोका होता तो वह किसी अन्य को भी न टोकता और इसका परिणाम यह होता कि पिकाडिली सर्कस वाली जगह एक भंवर बन गई होती जिसे पार करने में आप कभी सफल न हुए होते। आप अपनी निजी स्वतन्त्रता में कुछ कमी के लिए सहमत हो गए ताकि आप एक ऐसी सामाजिक व्यवस्था का आनन्द ले सकें जो आपकी स्वतन्त्रता को सचमुच एक वास्तविकता बना दे।

(Page 111)

स्वतन्त्रता मात्र एक निजी विषय नहीं होता, यह एक सामाजिक समझौता होता है। इसका अर्थ है – आपसी हितों का समझौता। ऐसे विषयों में जहां किसी अन्य व्यक्ति की स्वतन्त्रता प्रभावित न होती हो, हम जितना चाहें उतना स्वतन्त्र हो सकते हैं। यदि हमारे मन में आए कि हमें स्ट्रैण्ड पर एक ड्रेसिंग गाउन पहने हुए जाना है, लम्बे-लम्बे बाल और नंगे पांव लिए, तो कौन इस पर आपत्ति करेगा ? आपको आज़ादी है कि आप मेरा मजाक उड़ाएं, लेकिन मुझे भी आजादी है कि मैं आपके मज़ाक की उपेक्षा करूं और यदि मेरे मन में आए कि मुझे अपने बाल रंगने हैं, अथवा अपनी मूंछों को ताव देना है अथवा एक लम्बा टोप पहनना है, या एक फ्राक के आकार का कोट और सैण्डल पहनने हैं, अथवा देर से सोना है और जल्दी उठना है, तो मैं अपनी चाहत को पूरा कर सकता हूं और मुझे किसी आदमी की इजाजत लेने की जरूरत नहीं है।

इन सभी विषयों में तथा हज़ारों अन्य विषयों में हम जैसा चाहें कर सकते हैं, और हमें किसी की अनुमति लेने की ज़रूरत नहीं होती। एक पूरा क्षेत्र होता है जहां केवल हमारा ही साम्राज्य होता है और जहां हम जैसा चाहें कर सकते हैं – हम बुद्धिमत्ता का व्यवहार कर सकते हैं अथवा मूर्खता का, हम कठोर बन सकते हैं अथवा सुलभ, आधुनिक विचारों वाले बन सकते हैं या रूढ़िवादी। किन्तु ज्योंही हम इस साम्राज्य के क्षेत्र से बाहर कदम रखते हैं, कोई भी क्रिया करने की हमारी निजी स्वतन्त्रता दूसरे लोगों की स्वतन्त्रता द्वारा सीमित हो जाती है। हो सकता है मेरा दिल चाहे कि मैं आधी रात से ले कर प्रात: तीन बजे तक अपनी गिटार पर अभ्यास करूँ। ऐसा करने के लिए यदि मैं किसी पहाड़

की चोटी पर चला जाऊँ तो मैं जैसा चाहे कर सकता हूं; किन्तु यदि यही काम मैं गलियों में करने लगा तो मेरे पड़ोसी मुझे याद दिलाएंगे कि गिटार बजाने की मेरी आज़ादी उनकी आराम से सोने की आज़ादी में विघ्न नहीं बननी चाहिए। संसार में अनेकों लोग हैं और मुझे अपनी स्वतन्त्रता को उनकी स्वतन्त्रता के अनुसार ढालना होता है। दुर्भाग्यवश हम यह भूल जाते हैं, तथा इस सन्दर्भ में अपनी कमजोरियों की अपेक्षा दूसरों की कमजोरियों की तरफ़ हमारा ज्यादा ध्यान रहता है।

(Page 112)

पिछले दिनों एक प्रातः मैं किसी ग्रामीण स्टेशन से रेलगाड़ी में सवार हुआ और यात्रा के एक घण्टे भर के समय के लिए संसद की रिपोर्ट पर लिखी एक पुस्तिका पढ़ने बैठ गया जिसे कोई स्कूली लड़का गहन पढ़ाई का नाम देगा। मैं इसे किसी मनोरंजन के लिए नहीं पढ़ रहा था। सच्ची बात यह है कि मैं कभी भी ब्लू बुक्स को मनोरंजन के लिए नहीं पढ़ता हूँ। मैं उन्हें वैसे ही पढ़ता हूँ जैसे कोई वकील किसी विषय के सारांश को पढ़ता है ताकि उसमें से कोई ईमानदारी की कमाई की जा सके।

अब यदि आप किसी पुस्तक को मनोरंजन के लिए पढ़ रहें हों, तो इस बात से कोई अन्तर नहीं पड़ता कि आपके गिर्द क्या हो रहा है। मेरे विचार में मैं किसी वास्तव में ही अच्छे उपन्यास को एक भूचाल के दौरान भी पढ़ सकता हूँ। किन्तु जब आप कोई पुस्तक किसी गंभीर काम के लिए पढ़ रहे हों तो आप को उपयुक्त शान्त वातावरण की ज़रूरत होती है जो कि मुझे गाड़ी में प्राप्त न हो सका, क्योंकि आगे के स्टेशन पर दो व्यक्ति डिब्बे में आ कर सवार हो गए।

उनमें से एक व्यक्ति पूरी शेष यात्रा के दौरान अपने मित्र के साथ एक ऊँची और खोखली दिखावटी आवाज़ में किसी भी और सभी विषयों पर बातें करता चला गया। यदि मैंने उस व्यक्ति से थोड़ा धीमा बोलने को कहा होता तो मैं कह सकता हूँ कि उसने अवश्य ही मुझे एक गुस्ताख आदमी समझ लेना था। उसके दिमाग़ में यह बात बिल्कुल न आई कि उसकी बातें सुनने से बेहतर कोई अन्य काम भी किसी को हो सकता था, और मुझे पूरा विश्वास है कि जब वह गाड़ी में से उतरा तो वह पूरा विश्वास लिए गया होगा कि डिब्बे में बैठे प्रत्येक व्यक्ति ने बहुत ज्ञानवर्धक यात्रा का आनन्द लिया होगा और उसे धन्यवाद देता होगा, तथा वह यह सोच कर और भी प्रसन्न होता होगा कि उसका ज्ञान कितना विशाल था। वह आदमी स्पष्टतः दिल का अच्छा था। जिस बात की उसमें खराबी थी, वह यह थी कि उसमें सामाजिक बुद्धि नहीं थी। वह किसी संगति में बैठने की बुद्धि नहीं रखता था।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 8 The Rule of the Road

दूसरों के अधिकारों तथा उनकी भावनाओं के प्रति उचित ध्यान रखना सामाजिक व्यवहार की नींव होता है। आइए गिटार वाले उदाहरण को हम एक बार फिर से लेते हैं। कोई व्यक्ति जो इसे बजाना सीखना चाहता है उसे अधिकार है कि वह इसे अपने घर में सीखे, यद्यपि वह अपने पड़ोसियों के लिए एक सिरदर्दी हो, किन्तु यह उसका कर्त्तव्य है कि वह इस सिरदर्दी को कम-से-कम बनाए। उसे अपनी अटारी में बैठ कर ही अभ्यास करना चाहिए और खिड़की बन्द कर लेनी चाहिए। उसे कोई अधिकार नहीं है कि वह अपने आगे वाले कमरे में आ कर बैठ जाए, खिड़की खोल दे, और अधिकतम ऊंचे स्तर में अपना शोर पड़ोसियों के कानों में धकेले। आप अपने पड़ोसियों की स्वतन्त्रताओं में विघ्न डाल रहे होंगे यदि आप अपने ही घर तक शोर को सीमित रखने के लिए वह काम नहीं करते जो आप कर सकते हों। हो सकता है आप के पड़ोसी रविवार का तीसरा पहर बिना किसी खलल के आराम से बिताना चाहते हों, और उन की शान्ति में जानबूझ कर विघ्न डालना उतनी ही बड़ी गुस्ताखी होगी जितनी उनके बाग में अनधिकार घुस जाना और उनकी फूलों की क्यारियों को अपने पैरों नीचे रौंद देना।

(Page 113)

निस्सन्देह ऐसी स्थितियां आ जाती हैं जहां आज़ादियों की भिड़न्त में कोई समझौता कर पाना असम्भव हो जाता है। मेरा प्रिय पुराना मित्र मिस्टर एक्स जो वेस्ट एण्ड स्क्वे अर में रहता है तथा जो सौम्यता और क्रोध का एक अचम्भाजनक मिश्रण है, वह अति क्रोधित हो उठता है जब उसे गली में किसी पियानो के बजने की आवाज़ आती है, और इसे वहां से भगाने के लिए दौड़ कर बाहर निकल आता है। किन्तु समीप ही एक विशिष्ट वृद्धा स्त्री रहती है जिसे रोमांचकारी और खल-कथाओं वाले उपन्यासों का शौक है, जिसे गली में पियानो बजाने वाले अति अच्छे लगते हैं, तथा उन्हें उसी प्रकार आकर्षित कर लेती है जैसे मीठी चटनी के किसी मर्तबान के ऊपर भिड़ें खिंची आती हैं।

इस अवस्था में किसकी आजादी को दूसरे के सामने झुकना चाहिए? जहां तक मेरा सम्बन्ध है, मेरे पास इसका कोई उत्तर नहीं है। पियानो को पसन्द करने की बात उतनी ही तर्कसंगत है, जितनी इससे घृणा करने की, और इसके विपरीत भी। इस तरह की पहेली का हल मेरे विचार से सैंको पेन्ज़ा से ही करवाया जाना चाहिए। मेरे विचार में वास्तविकता यह है कि इस जटिल संसार में हम न तो पूरी तरह से अराजकतावादी बन सकते हैं, और न ही पूरी तरह से समाजवादी।

हमें इन दोनों का एक समझदारी वाला मिश्रण बनाना होगा। हमें तरह की आज़ादियों को सुरक्षित रखना होगा अपनी निजी स्वतन्त्रता को और अपनी सामाजिक स्वतन्त्रता को। मैं किसी भी सत्ता को इस बात की इजाजत नहीं दूंगा कि वह इस बात का निर्णय करे कि मेरे बच्चे को इस स्कूल में जाना होगा या उस स्कूल में, विज्ञान का अध्ययन करना होगा या आर्टस का, क्रिकेट खेलना होगा या फुटबाल। यह बातें निजी हैं। किन्तु यदि मैं यह कहने लगूं कि मेरे बच्चे को कोई शिक्षा नहीं दी जाएगी, कि उसका पालन-पोषणं एक असभ्य जंगली की भांति किया जाएगा, अथवा उसे मिस्टर फागिन की अकादमी में जेब-तराशी का प्रशिक्षण दिया जाएगा, तो समाज इस बात को विनम्रतापूर्वक किन्तु दृढ़ता से मुझे बताएगा कि इसे जंगली किस्म के लोगों की कोई जरूरत नहीं है, और इसे जेबतराशों के सम्बन्ध में सख्त आपत्ति है, तथा यह कहेगा कि मुझे पसन्द हो या न हो, मेरे बच्चे को कुछ कम-से-कम शिक्षा अवश्य ग्रहण करनी होगी। मुझे इस बात की आजादी नहीं दी जा सकती कि मैं अपने पड़ोसियों के लिए सिरदर्दी बनूं या अपने बच्चे को

समाज के लिए कोई बोझ या ख़तरा बना दूं। साधारण व्यवहार की ये छोटी-छोटी बातें ही होती हैं, जैसे सड़क के नियम का पालन करना, जिनके द्वारा हम स्वयं को जांच सकते हैं और कह सकते हैं कि हम सभ्य हैं अथवा असभ्य। बहादुरी या बलिदान के अवसर कभी-कभार ही आते हैं। ये साधारण आपसी व्यवहार की छोटी-छोटी बातें ही होती हैं जो जीवन में महत्त्व रखती हैं और जीवन-रूपी सफ़र को मधुर या कड़वा बनाती हैं। मुझे आशा है कि रेल के डिब्बे वाला मेरा मित्र इस बात पर विचार करेगा।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Main Course Book Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 English Main Course Book Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are planets ?
Answer:
A body that goes round a star is called a planet. For example, the sun is a star and the earth goes round it. Thus the earth is a planet of the sun.

वह पिण्ड जो किसी तारे के गिर्द चक्र लगाता है, उसे ग्रह कहा जाता है। उदाहरण के लिए, सूर्य एक तारा है और पृथ्वी उसके गिर्द चक्र लगाती है। इस प्रकार पृथ्वी सूर्य का एक ग्रह है।

Question 2.
Define the solar system.
Answer:
The solar system means the family of the sun. It includes the sun, its planets and the satellites of these planets.

सौर-मण्डल का अर्थ है, सूर्य का परिवार। इसमें सूर्य, उसके ग्रह और इन ग्रहों के उपग्रह शामिल हैं।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Question 3.
How can you distinguish between planets and stars?
Answer:
Stars twinkle while planets don’t. This is the real way to distinguish between planets and stars.

तारे टिमटिमाते हैं जबकि ग्रह टिमटिमाते नहीं हैं। ग्रहों और तारों के मध्य भेद जानने का यही वास्तविक तरीका है।

Question 4.
Why do the stars twinkle ?
Answer:
The stars, like the sun, are balls of fire. As their rays pass through the different layers of the atmosphere, they seem to be twinkling.

सूर्य की तरह तारे आग के गोले हैं। जब उनकी किरणें वायुमंडल की विभिन्न परतों में से गुज़रती हैं तो वे टिमटिमाते हुए प्रतीत होते हैं।

Question 5.
How was the earth formed ?
Answer:
The earth shot out from the sun. In the beginning, it was very hot. It took millions of years to cool down.

धरती छिटक कर सूर्य से अलग हो गई। शुरू में यह बहुत गर्म थी। इसे ठण्डा होने में लाखों वर्ष लग गए।

Question 6.
How were oceans and seas formed ?
Answer:
To begin with, the earth was very hot. When it cooled, all the water vapour in the air condensed into water. It came down as rain. It rained heavily. All the hollows of the earth were filled. Thus oceans and seas were formed.

आरम्भ में धरती बहुत गर्म थी। जब यह ठण्डी हो गई तो हवा में मौजूद सब जल-वाष्प कण पानी में बदल गए। यह वर्षा के रूप में नीचे आ गिरे। भारी वर्षा हुई। धरती के सभी गड्डे भर गए। इस प्रकार महासागर और सागर बन गए।

Question 7.
Why does the moon look bigger than the stars ?
Answer:
The moon looks bigger than the stars because it is quite near to the earth.

चाँद तारों से बड़ा दिखाई देता है क्योंकि यह धरती के बहुत निकट है।

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are planets ? Define the solar system.
Answer:
A body that goes round a star is called a planet. For example, the sun is a star and the earth goes round it. Thus the earth is a planet of the sun. The solar system means the family of the sun. It includes the sun, its planets and the satellites of these planets.

वह पिण्ड जो किसी तारे के गिर्द चक्र लगाता है, उसे ग्रह कहा जाता है। उदाहरण के लिए, सूर्य एक तारा है और पृथ्वी उसके गिर्द चक्र लगाती है। इस प्रकार पृथ्वी सूर्य का एक ग्रह है। सौर-मण्डल का अर्थ है, सूर्य का परिवार। इसमें सूर्य, उसके ग्रह और इन ग्रहों के उपग्रह शामिल हैं।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Question 2.
Write a short note on the making of the earth.
Answer:
Long, long ago, the earth and the other planets were part of the sun. Somehow, little bits of the sun shot away from it. One of these bits was our earth. To begin with, it was as hot as the sun. But very slowly, it started to cool. And then life began to appear on it.

बहुत लंबे समय पहले, धरती और अन्य ग्रह सूर्य का भाग होते थे। किसी तरह सूर्य के कुछ छोटेछोटे कण छिटक कर इससे अलग हो गए। इनमें से एक टुकड़ा हमारी धरती था। शुरू में यह सूर्य के समान ही गर्म थी। परन्तु बहुत धीरे-धीरे यह ठण्डी होनी शुरू हो गई। और फिर इस पर जीवन प्रकट होने लगा।

Question 3.
Write a few words on the happy family of the sun.
Answer:
The sun has its planets and the planets have their satellites. All these form a happy family. They are called the solar system. Solar means belonging to the sun. The sun is the father of all the planets. Therefore, the whole group is called the Solar System.

सूर्य के अपने ग्रह हैं और ग्रहों के अपने-अपने उपग्रह हैं। वे सभी एक खुशहाल परिवार बनाते हैं। इन्हें सौर-मण्डल कहा जाता है। सौर का अर्थ है, सूर्य से सम्बन्धित । सूर्य सभी ग्रहों का पिता है। इसलिए पूरे समूह को सौर-मण्डल कहा जाता है।

Vocabulary and Grammar

Question 1.
Moon is the satellite of ……………
(i) universe
(ii) oceans
(iii) Mars
(iv) Earth.
Answer:
(iv) Earth.

Question 2.
From where do the planets get light ?
Answer:
From the sun.

Question 3.
The planets twinkle at night. (True/False)
Answer:
False

Question 4.
All the hollows of the earth were filled with ……………… when it rained heavily.
(i) dust
(ii) snow
(iii) water
(iv) light.
Answer:
(iii) water

Question 5.
How many years did the Earth take to cool down?
(i) Thousand
(ii) Millions
(iii) Hundred
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iv) None of these

Question 6.
Planets have natural satellites. (True/False)
Answer:
True

Answer each of the following in one word / phrase / sentence :

Question 1.
Name the author of the chapter.
Answer:
Jawahar Lal Nehru.

Question 2.
What does the earth go round ?
Answer:
The sun.

Question 3.
What constitues the solar system ?
Answer:
The sun, its planets and the satellites of the planets.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Question 4.
Is the sun a planet?
Answer:
No, it is a star.

Question 5.
Why is moon called a satellite of the earth?
Answer:
Because it revolves round the earth.

Question 6.
How do the stars shine?
Answer:
They shine of themselves.

Question 7.
How is the inside of the earth ?
Answer:
It is extremely hot.

Question 8.
Why did the moon cool earlier than the earth ?
Answer:
Because it was much smaller in size.

Question 9.
How were the oceans and seas formed?
Answer:
They were formed after the heavy rain when all the water on the earth condensed.

Question 10.
How do we feel when we go down a coal mine?
Answer:
It becomes hotter and hotter as we go deeper into the mine.

Complete the following :

1. The earth goes round ……………
2. The moon is called a ………. of the earth.
3. ………………. is termed the father of the family called ‘solar system’.
4. The sun is actually a ……
5. The sun is much ……………… than the earth or the moon.
6. Moon shines due to ……………… light falling on it.
Answer:
1. the sun
2. satellite
3. The sun.
4. star
5. bigger
6. the sun’s.

Write True or False against each statement :

1. The sun is the nearest star to the inhabitants of the earth.
2. The moon is also a star.
3. The solar system was formed only a few hundred years ago.
4. The other stars revolve round the sun.
5. The sun is heavier than the earth.
6. Stars twinkle because they are very far away.
Answer:
1. True
2. False
3. False
4. False
5. True
6. False.

Choose the correct option for each of the following :

Question 1.
The earth goes round …………..
(a) the sun
(b) the moon
(c) the satellites
(d) the stars.
Answer:
(a) the sun

Question 2.
The solar system includes ………….
(a) the sun
(b) its planets
(c) the satellites of the planets.
(d) all the above.
Answer:
(d) all the above.

Question 3.
The inside of the earth is ……….
(a) hotter than moon
(b) very cool
(c) full of water
(d) still extremely hot.
Answer:
(d) still extremely hot.

Question 4.
The earth took …….. to turn into solid form.
(a) a lot of time
(b) millions of years
(c) hundreds of years
(d) about 1000 years.
Answer:
(b) millions of years

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks with the given prepositions, making appropriate phrasal verbs :
Answer:
(a) on
(b) off
(c) out
(d) into
(e) down.
Answer:

Question 2.
Fill in the blanks, selecting suitable words from the given list :
Answer:
Everything exists in space. But what exactly is space is something beyond human imagination and comprehension. It is also beyond mathematical calculation. We do not know for sure how far space extends. It does not have a beginning. And it does not have an end. It was earlier believed that the earth was the centre of the universe and that all heavenly bodies, including the sun, revolved around it. With the advancement of science and technology, it was known that the sun was the centre of the solar system and that the entire solar system occupies just a tiny fraction of space in the entire universe.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Question 3.
Fill in the blanks, using the correct infinitive or participle :
Answer:
1. failing
2. to go
3. going
4. to living
5. to live
6. waiting
7. to visit.

Question 4.
Fill in the blanks with suitable articles :
Answer:
So the earth started to cool. It took a long time over it. Gradually, the surface of the earth became cooler although the interior remained very hot. Even now if you go down a coal mine, it becomes hotter and hotter as you go down. Probably if you could go down deep enough inside the earth, you would find it red hot.

The Making of the Earth Summary & Translation in English

The Making of the Earth Introduction:
This chapter is an extract from Nehru’s ‘Letters from a Father to His Daughter. He wrote these letters to his daughter in the summer of 1928 when she was at Mussoorie. In this chapter, Nehru defines the solar system to which our earth belongs. He differentiates between a planet and a star. He talks of the breaking away of the earth from the sun and the breaking away of the moon from the earth. He also talks about the gradual cooling of the earth and the moon, and the formation of the great oceans.

The Making of the Earth Summary & Translation in English

Page 103

You know that the earth goes round the sun and the moon goes round the earth. You know also perhaps that there are several other bodies which like the earth go round the sun. All these, including our earth, are called planets of the sun. The moon is called a satellite of the earth because it hangs on to it. The Other planets have also got their satellites.

The sun and the planets with their satellites form a happy family. This is called the solar system. Solar means belonging to the sun, and the sun being the father of all the planets, the whole group is called the Solar System. At night you see thousands of stars in the sky. Only a few of these are the planets and these are really not called stars at all. Can you distinguish between a planet and a star? The planets are really quite tiny, like our earth, compared to the stars but they look bigger in the sky because they are much nearer to us.

Just as the moon, which is in reality quite a baby, looks so big because it is quite near to us. But the real way to distinguish stars from the planets is to see if they twinkle or not. Stars twinkle, planets do not. That is because the planets only shine because they get the light of our sun. It is only the sunshine on the planets or the moon that we see. The real stars are like our sun. They shine of themselves because they are very hot and burning. In reality our sun itself is a star, only it looks bigger as it is nearer and we see it as a great ball of fire.

Page 104

So our earth belongs to the family of the sun the solar system. We think the earth is very big and it is big compared to our tiny selves. It takes weeks and months to go from one part of it to another even in a fast train or steamer. But although it seems so big to us it is just like a speck of dust hanging in the air. The sun is millions of miles away and the other stars are even further away.

Astronomers, those people who study the stars, tell us that long, long ago the earth and all the planets were part of the sun. The sun was then as it is now a mass of flaming matter, terribly hot. Somehow little bits of the sun got loose and they shot out into the air. But they could not wholly get rid of their father, the sun.

It was as if a rope was tied to them and they kept whirling round the sun. This strange force, which I have compared to a rope, is something which attracts little things to great. It is the force which makes things fall by their weight. The earth being the biggest thing near us, attracts everything we have.

In this way, our earth also shot out from the sun. It must have been very hot, with terrible hot gases and air all around it, but as it was very much smaller than the sun, it started to cool. The sun also is getting less hot but it will take millions of years to cool down. The earth took much less time to cool. When it was hot, of course, nothing could live on it – no man or animal or plant or tree. Everything would have been burnt up then.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Page 105
Just as a bit of the sun shot out and became the earth, so also a bit of the earth shot out and became the moon. Many people think that moon came out of the great hollow which is now the Pacific Ocean, between America and Japan. So the earth started to cool. It took a long time over it. Gradually the surface of the earth became cooler although the interior remained very hot. Even now if you go down a coal mine it becomes hotter and hotter as you go down. Probably if you could go down deep enough inside the earth you would find it red hot. The moon also started to cool and because it was much smaller than even the earth, it cooled more quickly than the earth. It looks delightfully cool, does it not ? It is called the ‘cold moon’. Perhaps it is full of glaciers and ice fields.

When the earth cooled all the water vapour in the air condensed into water and probably came down as rain. It must have rained a tremendous lot then. All this water filled the great hollows in the earth and so the great oceans and seas were formed.As the earth became cooler and the oceans also became cooler, it became possible for living things to exist on the earth’s surface or in the sea .

The Making of the Earth Summary & Translation in Hindi

The Making of the Earth Introduction:
यह पाठ नेहरू द्वारा लिखित ‘एक पिता द्वारा अपनी पुत्री को लिखे पत्रों में से लिया गया एक अंश है। उसने ये पत्र अपनी पुत्री को 1928 की गर्मियों में लिखे जब वह मसूरी में थी। इस पाठ में नेहरू सौर-मण्डल का वर्णन करता है जिससे हमारी पृथ्वी सम्बन्ध रखती है। वह एक ग्रह और तारे में भेद बताता है। वह धरती के सूर्य से अलग होने और चन्द्रमा के धरती से अलग होने के बारे में बताता है। वह धरती और चन्द्रमा के धीरे-धीरे ठण्डा होने और बड़े-बड़े महासागरों के बनने के बारे में भी बताता है।

The Making of the Earth Summary & Translation in Hindi

Page 103

तुम जानती हो कि पृथ्वी सूर्य के चारों तरफ घूमती है और चंद्रमा पृथ्वी के चारों तरफ घूमता है। शायद तुम यह भी जानती हो कि कई अन्य ऐसे अन्य पिंड हैं जो पृथ्वी की तरह सूर्य के चारों ओर चक्कर लगाते हैं। हमारी धरती सहित इन सभी को सूर्य के ग्रह कहा जाता है। चन्द्रमा को पृथ्वी का उपग्रह कहा जाता है क्योंकि यह इसके साथ लटका रहता है। अन्य ग्रहों के भी अपने-अपने उपग्रह हैं। सूर्य और उसके ग्रह अपने अपने उपग्रहों सहित एक सुखी परिवार बनाते हैं।

इस परिवार को सौर-मंडल कहा जाता है। सौर का अर्थ होता है सूर्य से संबंध रखने वाला, और क्योंकि सूर्य सभी ग्रहों का पिता है, पूरे समूह को सौर-मंडल कहा जाता है। रात के समय तुम आकाश में हज़ारों तारे देखती हो। उनमें से केवल कुछ ही ग्रह हैं और इन्हें वास्तव में तारे बिल्कुल भी नहीं कहा जाता है। क्या तुम एक ग्रह और एक सितारे में भेद बता सकती हो ? वास्तव में तारों की तुलना में ग्रह हमारी पृथ्वी की ही भान्ति बहुत छोटे होते हैं, किन्तु वे आकाश में अधिक बड़े दिखते हैं क्योंकि वे हमारे बहुत नज़दीक हैं।

बिल्कुल उसी तरह चन्द्रमा भी, जो वास्तव में एक छोटे बच्चे के समान है, इतना बड़ा दिखता है क्योंकि यह हमारे बहत नज़दीक है। परन्तु तारों और ग्रहों में फर्क जानने का असली तरीका यह देखना है कि वे झिलमिलाते हैं या नहीं। तारे झिलमिलाते हैं, किन्त ग्रह नहीं। ऐसा इसलिए है क्योंकि ग्रह केवल इसलिए चमकते हैं क्योंकि वे हमारे सूर्य से प्रकाश ग्रहण करते हैं। ग्रहों पर अथवा चन्द्रमा पर यह केवल सूर्य की रोशनी ही है जिसे हम देखते हैं। वास्तविक तारे हमारे सूर्य की तरह होते हैं। वे स्वयं के प्रकाश से चमकते हैं क्योंकि वे बहुत गर्म हैं और जल रहे हैं। असल में हमारा सूर्य स्वयं एक तारा है, केवल यह ज्यादा बड़ा दिखता है क्योंकि यह ज़्यादा नज़दीक है और हम इसे आग की एक विशाल गेंद के जैसा देखते हैं।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

Page 104

इस प्रकार हमारी पृथ्वी सूर्य के परिवार अर्थात् सौर मंडल से संबंध रखती है। हम सोचते हैं कि पृथ्वी बहुत बड़ी है और हम छोटे जीवों की तुलना में यह वास्तव में बहुत बड़ी है। किसी तेज़ रेलगाड़ी या स्टीमर द्वारा भी इसके एक भाग से दूसरे भाग तक पहुंचने में कई सप्ताह और महीने लग जाते हैं। किन्तु यद्यपि यह हमें इतनी विशाल प्रतीत होती है, यह मात्र हवा में लटकी हुई धूल के एक कण के समान है। सूर्य लाखों मील दूर है तथा अन्य तारे उससे भी बहुत ज्यादा दूर हैं। खगोल-शास्त्री, वे लोग जो तारों का अध्ययन करते हैं, हमें बताते हैं कि बहुत लम्बे समय पहले पृथ्वी और सभी ग्रह सूर्य का भाग हुआ करते थे। सूर्य उस समय, जैसा वह आज भी है, जलते हुए पदार्थ का एक पुंज था, जो भयानक रूप से गर्म था। किसी कारणवश सूर्य के कुछ छोटे टुकड़े उससे अलग हो गए और तेजी से बाहर हवा में चले गए।

किन्तु वे पूरी तरह से अपने पिता अर्थात् सूर्य से छुटकारा न पा सके। यह ऐसे था मानो उनके साथ एक रस्सी बन्धी हो और वे तेजी के साथ सूर्य के चारों तरफ चक्कर लगाने लगे। यह विचित्र बल,
जिसकी तुलना मैंने रस्सी से की है, एक ऐसी चीज़ होता है जो छोटी-छोटी चीज़ों को बड़ी चीजों की तरफ़ खींच लाता है। यही वह बल है जो चीज़ों को उनके भार की वजह से गिरने पर विवश करता है। पृथ्वी हमारे नज़दीक की सबसे बड़ी चीज़ होने के कारण हमारी सब चीज़ों को अपनी तरफ़ खींचती है।

इस तरह, हमारी पृथ्वी भी सूर्य से छिटक कर अलग हो गई। इसके चारों ओर फैली भयानक रूप से गर्म गैसों और हवा के कारण यह बहुत गर्म रही होगी, किन्तु क्योंकि यह सूर्य से बहुत छोटी थी, यह ठंडी होनी शुरू हो गई। सूर्य भी कम गर्म होता जा रहा है |किन्तु इसे ठंडा होने में लाखों वर्ष लग जाएंगे। पृथ्वी ने ठंडा होने में इससे बहुत कम समय लिया। जब यह गर्म थी तो निस्संदेह इस पर कोई भी चीज़ जीवित नहीं रह सकती थी – न मनुष्य और न ही कोई जानवर अथवा पौधा या पेड़। हर चीज़ तब भस्म हो जाती।

Page 105
जिस प्रकार सूर्य का एक टुकड़ा छिटक गया और पृथ्वी बन गया, ठीक उसी प्रकार पृथ्वी का एक टुकड़ा इससे छिटक गया और चन्द्रमा बन गया। बहत लोगों का विचार है कि चन्द्रमा उस विशाल गड़े से निकला था जो वर्तमान में अमेरिका और जापान के मध्य स्थित प्रशांत महासागर है। इस प्रकार पृथ्वी ठंडी होनी शुरू हो गई। ऐसा करने में इसे लंबा समय लग गया। धीरे-धीरे पथ्वी की सतह ठंडी हो गई यद्यपि इसका आंतरिक भाग बहुत गर्म रहा। आज भी यदि आप कोयले की किसी खान में नीचे जाएं तो यह अधिकाधिक गर्म होती जाएगी जैसे-जैसे आप नीचे तथा और नीचे चलते जाएंगे।

शायद यदि आप पृथ्वी के अन्दर काफी गहराई तक जा सकें तो आप इसे तपती हुई लाल पाएंगे। चन्द्रमा भी ठंडा होना शुरू हो गया और क्योंकि यह पृथ्वी से काफ़ी छोटा था, यह पृथ्वी की अपेक्षा अधिक जल्दी ठंडा हो गया। यह आनंददायक ठंडा दिखाई देता है, क्या नहीं ? इसे ‘ठंडा चंद्रमा’ कहा जाता है। शायद यह हिमनदियों और बर्फ के मैदानों से भरा हुआ है।जब पृथ्वी ठंडी हो गई तो हवा में विद्यमान सब जल-वाष्प कण घने हो कर पानी बन गए और संभवतया वर्षा बन कर नीचे गिर आए।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 7 The Making of the Earth

उस समय अवश्य बहुत भारी वर्षा हुई होगी। इस पूरे पानी ने पृथ्वी के बड़े-बड़े गड्ढों को भर दिया और इस प्रकार विशाल महासागरों और समुद्रों की रचना हुई। जैसे-जैसे पृथ्वी और ज़्यादा ठंडी होती गई और महासागर भी ज्यादा ठंडे हो गए तो पृथ्वी की सतह पर और समुद्र के अंदर जीवों का रहना संभव हो गया

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Main Course Book Chapter 6 The Home-Coming Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 English Main Course Book Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Who was Phatik ?
Answer:
Phatik was a fourteen-year-old boy. He was the ringleader among the boys of his village. His fertile mind always thought of new mischiefs.

फटिक एक चौदह-वर्षीय लड़का था। वह अपने गाँव के लड़कों का मुखिया था। उसका उपजाऊ दिमाग़ हमेशा नई-नई शरारतें सोचता रहता था।

Question 2.
What was the new mischief Phatik thought of ?
Answer:
There was a log lying on the bank of the river. He planned to roll the log away with the help of the other boys. In this way, he wanted to annoy the owner and enjoy the fun.

नदी के किनारे लकड़ी का एक लट्ठा पड़ा हुआ था। उसने अन्य लड़कों की मदद से लटे को लुढ़का कर दूर ले जाने की योजना बनाई। इस प्रकार वह मालिक को परेशान करना और इसका आनन्द उठाना चाहता था।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Question 3.
Why were Phatik and his friends annoyed with Makhan ?
Answer:
Phatik and the other boys wanted to roll the log away. But Makhan came and sat down on the log. This annoyed Phatik and his friends.

फटिक और दूसरे लड़के लट्ठ को लुढ़का कर दूर ले जाना चाहते थे। परन्तु माखन आया और लट्ठ पर बैठ गया। इससे फटिक और उसके मित्र नाराज़ हो गए।

Question 4.
What was Phatik’s ‘new manoeuvre’ ?
Answer:
Phatik asked his followers to roll the log with Makhan sitting over it. This, he thought, would give them added amusement.

फटिक ने अपने साथियों से कहा कि वे लढे को उसके ऊपर बैठे हुए माखन सहित ही लुढ़का दें। उसने सोचा कि इससे उन्हें और भी ज्यादा मज़ा आएगा।

Question 5.
Why did Phatik beat Makhan even in the presence of his mother ?
Answer:
Makhan lied to his mother that Phatik had beaten him. Phatik could not bear this. Therefore, he beat Makhan.

माखन ने अपनी मां से झूठ बोल दिया कि फटिक ने उसे पीटा था। फटिक से यह सहन न हुआ। इसलिए उसने माखन की पिटाई कर दी।

Question 6.
Was Makhan speaking the truth?
Answer:
No, he was not speaking the truth. Phatik had not beaten him. In fact, it was Makhan who had beaten Phatik.

नहीं, वह सच नहीं बोल रहा था। फटिक ने उसकी पिटाई नहीं की थी। वास्तव में, यह माखन था जिसने फटिक की पिटाई की थी।

Question 7.
Why did Phatik’s mother want to send him away to her brother’s house ?
Answer:
The mother had a prejudice against Phatik. She thought he would some day drown Makhan in the river, or break his head in a fight. Therefore, she wanted to send him away.

मां फटिक के प्रति एक ग़लत धारणा रखती थी। वह सोचती थी कि किसी दिन वह माखन को या तो नदी में डुबो देगा या लड़ाई में उसका सिर फोड़ देगा। इसलिए वह उसे वहां से भेज देना चाहती थी।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Question 8.
How was Phatik received by his aunt ?
Answer:
The aunt was not at all pleased. She thought of Phatik as an unnecessary addition to her family.

(फटिक की) मामी तनिक भी प्रसन्न न हुई। वह फटिक को अपने परिवार में एक अनावश्यक वृद्धि मानती थी।

Question 9.
Why couldn’t Phatik do well at school ?
Or How did Phatik fare at his new school in Kolkata ?
Answer:
Phatik was ill-treated at his uncle’s house. He was always sad. He could not put his mind to his studies. Naturally, he could not do well at school.

फटिक के साथ उसके मामा के घर पर बहुत बुरा व्यवहार किया जाता था। वह सदा उदास रहता था। वह अपना ध्यान पढ़ाई में नहीं लगा पाता था। स्वाभाविक रूप से, वह स्कूल में अच्छा प्रदर्शन न कर पाया।

Question 10.
How did Phatik’s aunt behave on learning about the loss of his book ?
Answer:
The aunt called Phatik a country lout. She said that she couldn’t buy him new books five times a month.

मामी ने फटिक को गांव का एक गंवार कहा। उसने कहा कि वह उसे महीने में पांच बार नई पुस्तकें खरीद कर नहीं दे सकती।

Question 11.
What was the immediate reason for Phatik’s departure from his uncle’s house ?
Answer:
One day, Phatik had a bad headache and a shivering fit. He feared he would become a nuisance to his aunt. That was why he left the house.

एक दिन फटिक को भयानक सिर-दर्द हुआ और कंपकंपी छिड़ गई। उसे भय था कि वह अपनी मामी के लिए मुसीबत बन जाएगा। इसी कारण से उसने घर छोड़ दिया।

Question 12.
Why did Bishamber send for his sister ?
Answer:
Phatik was seriously ill. The doctor said that the boy’s condition was critical. That was why Bishamber sent for his sister.

फटिक गम्भीर रूप से बीमार हो गया। डाक्टर ने कहा कि लड़के की हालत नाजुक थी। इसी कारण से बिशम्बर ने अपनी बहन को बुला भेजा।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Question 13.
What were Phatik’s last words ?
Answer:
Phatik’s last words were : ‘Mother, the holidays have come.’

फटिक के अन्तिम शब्द थे : ‘मां, छुट्टियां आ गई हैं।’

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
How does Phatik feel when he is at Kolkata ?
Answer:
While at Kolkata, Phatik feels like a fish out of water. His aunt ill-treats him. His cousins mock at him. At school, his teachers cane him daily. All this makes Phatik’s life very miserable. He longs to go back to his village home.

कोलकाता में रहने के दौरान फटिक पानी से बाहर आई मछली की भांति महसूस करता है। उसकी मामी उससे बुरा व्यवहार करती है। उसके ममेरे भाई उसका मजाक उड़ाते हैं। स्कूल में उसके अध्यापक उसे प्रतिदिन बैंतों से मारते हैं। इन सबसे फटिक का जीवन बहुत दुःख-भरा हो जाता है। वह वापस अपने गांव के घर में जाने के लिए तड़पता रहता है।

Question 2.
Why does Bishamber want to take Phatik to Kolkata ?
Answer:
The mother is prejudiced against Phatik. She thinks of him as a big nuisance. She calls him lazy, wild and disobedient. Bishamber wants to help his widowed sister. So he offers to take Phatik with him to Kolkata. He says he will educate him there with his own children.

मां की फटिक के प्रति एक ग़लत धारणा बनी हुई है। वह उसे एक बड़ी सिरदर्दी मानती है। वह उसे निकम्मा, असभ्य और गुस्ताख कहती है। बिशम्बर अपनी विधवा बहन की मदद करना चाहता है। इसलिए वह फटिक को अपने साथ कोलकाता ले जाने की पेशकश करता है। वह कहता है कि वह वहां उसे अपने खुद के बच्चों के साथ शिक्षा दिलाएगा।

Question 3.
Who is responsible for Phatik’s death ?
Answer:
It is solely the cruel aunt who is responsible for Phatik’s death. She dislikesthe boy from the very beginning. She thinks of him as an unnecessary addition to her family. She ill-treats him all the time. Even when the poor boy is critically ill, she calls him a nuisance. We can say that the heartless witch causes the poor boy’s death in the end.

यह पूरी तरह से निर्दय मामी है जो फटिक की मृत्यु के लिए ज़िम्मेदार है। वह शुरू से ही लड़के को नापसन्द करती है। वह उसे अपने परिवार में एक अनावश्यक वृद्धि समझती है। वह उसके साथ हर समय बुरा व्यवहार करती है। जब वह बेचारा लड़का भयंकर रूप से बीमार भी होता है तो भी वह उसे एक सिरदर्दी कहती है। हम कह सकते हैं निर्दय चुडैल अन्त में बेचारे लड़के की मृत्यु का कारण बनती है।

Question 4.
Write a character-sketch of Bishamber.
Answer:
Bishamber is Phatik’s maternal uncle. He has a lot of love for his widowed sister. He finds that Phatik is a trouble for his sister. He offers to take him to Kolkata. He says he will educate him there with his own children. Truly, Bishamber is a loving brother. But he is not imaginative. He commits a blunder in taking Phatik to Kolkata.

बिशम्बर फटिक का मामा है। वह अपनी विधवा बहन से बहुत प्यार करता है। वह देखता है कि फटिक उसकी बहन के लिए एक मुसीबत है। वह उसे कोलकाता ले जाने की पेशकश करता है। वह कहता है कि वह उसे वहां अपने खुद के बच्चों के साथ पढ़ाएगा। सचमुच बिशम्बर एक प्यार करने वाला भाई है। किन्तु वह कल्पनाशील नहीं है। वह फटिक को कोलकाता ले जाने में बड़ी भारी ग़लती करता है।

Question 5.
Write a character-sketch of Makhan.
Answer:
Makhan is Phatik’s younger brother. He is the darling of his mother. She calls him as good as gold. But we see that Makhan is not that good. He is spoilsport. He comes and sits on the log when the other boys want to roll it away. He also tells lies to his mother about Phatik.

माखन फटिक का छोटा भाई है। वह अपनी मां का लाडला है। वह उसे सोने के जैसा अच्छा कहती है। किन्तु हम देखते हैं कि माखन इतना अच्छा नहीं है। वह रंग में भंग डालने वाला है। जब दूसरे लड़के लटे को लुढ़काना चाहते हैं तो वह आ कर इसके ऊपर बैठ जाता है। वह फटिक के बारे में अपनी मां के सामने झूठ भी बोलता है।

Question 6.
Write a character-sketch of Phatik’s aunt.
Answer:
Phatik’s aunt is a heartless witch. She dislikes Phatik from the very beginning. She thinks of him as an unnecessary addition to her family. She ill-treats him all the time. Even when the poor boy is critically ill, she calls him a nuisance. She has no womanly feelings in her heart. It is she who can be held solely responsible for Phatik’s death.

फटिक की मामी एक निर्दय चुडैल है। वह फटिक को शुरू से ही नापसन्द करती है। वह उसे अपने परिवार में एक अनावश्यक वृद्धि मानती है। वह हर समय उसके साथ दुर्व्यवहार करती है। जब बेचारा लड़का भयानक रूप से बीमार होता है, तब भी वह उसे एक सिरदर्दी कहती है। उसके दिल के अन्दर औरतों वाली कोई भावनाएं नहीं हैं। यह वही है जिसे फटिक की मृत्यु के लिए पूरी तरह से ज़िम्मेदार ठहराया जा सकता है।

Question 7.
Write a character-sketch of Phatik’s mother.
Answer:
Phatik’s mother is a simple-hearted lady. She is a widow and has two sons to bring up. She is prejudiced against Phatik, the elder one. But it does not mean she does not love him. She agrees to send him to Kolkata with her brother. But then she feels sad to see how anxious Phatik is to go. She is after all a mother !

फटिक की मां एक सरल हृदय वाली औरत है। वह एक विधवा है और उसके पास पालन-पोषण करने के लिए दो पुत्र हैं। उसे बड़े पुत्र, फटिक, के प्रति एक ग़लत धारणा है। किन्तु इसका अर्थ यह नहीं कि वह उससे प्यार नहीं करती है। वह उसे अपने भाई के साथ कोलकाता भेजने के लिए सहमत हो जाती है। किन्तु फिर वह यह देख कर उदास हो जाती है कि फटिक जाने के लिए कितना उत्सुक है। आखिर वह एक मां ही तो है!

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Question 8.
Give a pen-portrait of Phatik.
Answer:
Phatik is a fourteen-year-old boy. He is the ringleader among the boys of his village. He has a fertile mind. He keeps thinking of new mischiefs. His mother is fed up with him. She sends him away to Kolkata with her brother. Now Phatik begins to feel like a fish out of water. He longs to go back to his village home. But he has to wait until the holidays of his life come !

फटिक चौदह वर्ष की आयु का एक लड़का है। अपने गांव के लड़कों के मध्य वह एक मुखिया है। उसका एक उपजाऊ दिमाग है। वह नई-नई शरारतें सोचता रहता है। उसकी मां उससे तंग आई हुई है। वह उसे अपने भाई के साथ कोलकाता भेज देती है। अब फटिक बिना पानी की मछली की भान्ति महसूस करने लगता है। वह अपने गांव वाले घर को वापस चला जाना चाहता है। किन्तु उसे अपने जीवन की छुट्टियां शुरू होने का इन्तजार करना पड़ता है !

Question 9.
Describe the quarrel between Phatik and Makhan.
Answer:
Phatik and his friends want to roll a log away. But Makhan comes and sits on the log. He does not care for Phatik’s warning: Phatik asks the boys to roll the log. As they do so, Makhan falls down. Now Makhan gets up, falls upon Phatik and scratches his face. Then he goes home crying. He tells his mother that Phatik has beaten him. Phatik can’t bear this telling of lies. He rains on Makhan a shower of blows.

फटिक तथा उसके मित्र एक लटे को लुढ़का कर दूर ले जाना चाहते हैं। किन्तु माखन आ कर लटे के ऊपर बैठ जाता है। वह फटिक की चेतावनी की परवाह नहीं करता। फटिक लड़कों से कहता है कि वे लढे को लुढ़का दें। जब वे ऐसा करते हैं तो माखन नीचे गिर जाता है। अब माखन उठ खड़ा होता है, फटिक पर झपटता है और उसके चेहरे को नोच डालता है। फिर वह रोता हुआ घर चला जाता है। वह अपनी मां से कहता है कि फटिक ने उसे मारा है। फटिक इस झूठ बोलने को सहन नहीं कर पाता। वह माखन पर घूसों की बौछार कर देता है।

Vocabulary and Grammar

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks with adjective forms of the following words :
Answer:
1. fertile
2. dignified
3. futile
4. delirious
5. philosophical.

Question 2.
Match the words in Column A with their opposites in Column B :
Answer:
A — B
unanimously — individually
timidly — boldly
futile — useful
furious — calm
fertile — barren
earthly — heavenly
impotent — potent
exhausted — invigorated
bequeath — take, receive
despised — liked
jeer — applaud

Question 3.
Makhan was ‘as good as gold’. Complete the following expressions in the same way :
Answer:
1. as white as snow.
2. as black as coal.
3. as innocent as a baby.
4. as obstinate as a mule.
5. as gentle as, a lamb.

Question 4.
Fill in the blanks with the correct verb form of the italicized words :
Answer:
1. glorify
2. sulked
3. amused
4. distressed
5. exhausted
6. despised
7. lost.

Question 5.
Fill in the blanks with suitable articles :
Answer:
1. The Ganga is a sacred river.
2. He reads the Bible every day.
3. The man struck a match.
4. Where is the money to come from?
5. He began a series of experiments.
6. I was on an official visit.
7. There was an elephant on the road.

Question 6.
Fill in the blanks with the passive forms of the verbs given in italics to complete the following sentences :
Answer:
1. informed
2. be posted
3. should be taken
4. be helped
5. would be closed.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Question 7.
Put proper punctuation marks in the following passage and use capital letters wherever necessary :
Answer:
The effect of books is twofold. Books preserve knowledge in time and spread it in space. Suppose, for example, that you think of an important idea or a beautiful poem. Unless you can write it down, your idea or poem will probably die.

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
What was the name of Phatik’s brother ?
Answer:
Makhan

Question 2.
Phatik’s uncle lived in ………
(i) Mumbai
(ii) Dehradun
(iii) Calcutta
(iv) Chandigarh.
Answer:
(iii) Calcutta

Question 3.
Phatik’s aunt welcomed Phatik in her home. (True/False)
Answer:
False

Question 4.
Phatik’s …………….. did not like his ways.
(i) mother
(ii) sister
(iii) student
(iv) neighbours.
Answer:
(i) mother

Question 5.
Phatik wanted to move a ……………. from its place.
Answer:
log

Question 6.
Phatik’s last words were : ‘Mother, ………… have come.
(i) friends
(ii) aunt and uncle
(iii) brothers
(iv) holidays.
Answer:
(iv) holidays.

Answer each of the following in one word / phrase / sentence :

Question 1.
Name the author of the story, ‘The Home-coming’.
Answer:
Rabindranath Tagore.

Question 2.
Who was Makhan ?
Answer:
He was Phatik’s younger brother.

Question 3.
Did the mother of Phatik and Makhan treat them equally ?
Answer:
No, she loved Makhan much more than Phatik.

Question 4.
What offer did Bishamber make to Phatik’s mother ?
Answer:
He offered to take Phatik to his home in Kolkata.

Question 5.
Was Phatik happy in going to Kolkata ?
Answer:
Yes, he was extremely happy in going to the big city.

Question 6.
Was Phatik’s mother sad in parting from her son ?
Answer:
No, she felt greatly relieved to get rid of him.

Question 7.
How did Phatik’s aunt feel on seeing Phatik in her home ?
Answer:
She was unhappy to be burdened with an unwanted responsibility.

Question 8.
How did Phatik fare in his school in Kolkata ?
Answer:
He was considered a very stupid student.

Question 9.
Who brought Phatik back to his uncle’s house ?
Answer:
Two constables.

Question 10.
What were the last words murmured by Phatik ?
Answer:
“Mother, the holidays have come.”

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Complete the following :

1. Makhan was Phatik’s …………
2. The surname of Phatik’s family was ………..
3. Phatik was considered the ……. of the village boys.
4. On Makhan’s false complaint, the mother rained. …………….. on Phatik.
5. Bishamber had left ………………. and started living in …….
6. Phatik died while he was living with his
Answer:
1. younger brother
2. Chakravarti
3. ringleader
4. blows
5. Mumbai, Kolkata
6. uncle.

Write True or False against each statement :

1. Phatik and Makhan were cousins.
2. Makhan’s mother was Phatik’s stepmother.
3. Phatik’s mother readily agreed to her brother’s offer.
4. Phatik was a very brilliant student in Kolkata.
5. Phatik was brought back to home by his mother.
6. Phatik was very cruelly treated by his aunt.
Answer:
1. False
2. False
3. True
4. False
5. False
6. True.

Choose the correct option for each of the following :

Question 1.
Phatik was a …………………. in his village.
(a) brilliant student
(b) an obedient son
(c) well-behaved boy
(d) ringleader of the boys.
Answer:
(d) ringleader of the boys.

Question 2.
Bishamber was …………. of the Chakravartis.
(a) a close relative
(b) a neighbour
(c) a family friend
(d) the landlord.
Answer:
(a) a close relative

Question 3.
Phatik’s aunt behaved with Phatik very
(a) lovingly
(b) nobly
(c) cruelly
(d) none of the above.
Answer:
(c) cruelly

Question 4.
Phatik met his death …..
(a) after a long illness
(b) after a short illness
(c) at his hometown.
(d) in a hospital.
Answer:
(b) after a short illness

The Home-Coming Summary & Translation in English

The Home-Coming Introduction:
This is the story of a fourteen-year-old boy, Phatik. He is very mischievous. He is sent to Kolkata with his maternal uncle. But there, he is not treated well by his aunt as well as his cousins. He becomes seriously ill and dies in the end. The underlying idea of this story is that home is a place where we find love – a place that our feet may leave, but not our hearts. Though it rains gold and silver in another place and daggers and spears at home, yet it is better to be at home.

The Home-Coming Summary & Translation in English

(Page 84)

Phatik Chakravarti was the ring – leader amongst the boys of the village. One day a plan for new mischief entered his head. There was a heavy log lying on the mud-flat of the river, waiting to be shaped into a mast for a boat. His plan was that they should all work together to shift the log by main force from its place and roll it away. The owner of the log would be angry and surprised, while they would all enjoy the fun. Everyone supported the proposal, and it was carried unanimously .

But just as the fun was about to begin, Makhan, Phatik’s younger brother, sauntered up without a word and sat down on the log in front of them all. The boys were puzzled for a moment. One of them pushed him rather timidly, and told him to get up; but he remained quite unconcerned. He appeared like a young philosopher meditating on the futility of things. Phatik was furious. “Makhan,” he cried, “if you don’t get up this minute, I’ll thrash6 you !”

Makhan only moved to a more comfortable position. Now, if Phatik was to keep his regal dignity before the public, it was clear that he must carry out his threat. But his courage failed him at the crisis. His fertile brain, however, rapidly seized upon a new maneuver which would discomfit his brother and afford his followers added amusement. He gave the word and command to roll the log and Makhan over together. Makhan heard the order and made it a point of honour to stick on. But like those who attempt earthly fame in other matters, he overlooked the fact that there was peril in it.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

(Page 85)

The boys began to heave at the log with all their might calling out, “One, two, three, go !” At the word ‘go’ the log went; and with it went Makhan’s philosophy, glory and all. The other boys shouted themselves hoarse with delight. But Phatik was a little frightened. He knew what was coming. And he was not mistaken, for Makhan rose from Mother Earth blind as Fate and screaming like the Furies. He rushed at Phatik, scratched his face, beat him and kicked him, and then went crying home. The first act of the drama was over.

Phatik wiped his face, and sitting down on the edge of a sunken barge by the river bank, began to nibble at a piece of grass. A boat came up to the landing and a middle-aged man, with grey hair and dark moustache, stepped on to the shore. He saw the boy sitting there doing nothing and asked him where the Chakravartis lived. Phatik went on nibbling the grass and said : ‘Over there’; but it was quite impossible to tell where he pointed. The stranger asked him again. He swung his legs to and from on the side of the barge and said : ‘Go and find out’ and continued to nibble the grass.

But, at the moment, a servant came down from the house and told Phatik that his mother wanted him. Phatik refused to move. But on this occasion the servant was the master. He roughly took Phatik up and carried him, kicking and struggling in impotent rage. When Phatik entered the house, his mother saw him and called out angrily : ‘So you have been hitting Makhan again ?’

Phatik answered indignantly : ‘No, I haven’t ! Who told you that I had ?’
His mother shouted : ‘Don’t tell lies ! You have.’ Phatik said sullenly ‘I tell you, I haven’t. You ask Makhan !‘ But Makhan thought it best to stick to his previous statement. He said : ‘Yes, mother, Phatik did hit me.’

Page -86

Phatik’s patience was already exhausted. He could not bear this injustice. He rushed at Makhan and rained on him a shower of blows : ‘Take that,’ he cried, ‘and that, and that, for telling lies.’

His mother took Makhan’s side in a moment and pulled Phatik away, returning his blows with equal vigour. When Phatik pushed her aside , she shouted out: ‘What! You little villain ! Would you hit your own mother ?’

It was just at this critical moment that the grey-haired stranger arrived. He asked what had occurred. Phatik looked sheepish and ashamed. But when his mother stepped back and looked at the stranger, her anger was changed to surprise, for she recognized her brother and cried : ‘Why, Dada ! Where have you come from ?’ As she said these words, she bowed to the ground and touched his feet.

Her brother Bishamber had gone away soon after she had married, and had started business in Mumbai. She herself had lost her husband while he was there. Bishamber had now come back to Kolkata, and had at once made enquiries concerning his sister. As soon as he found out where she was, he had hastened to see her.

The next few days were full of rejoicing. The brother asked how the two boys were being brought up. He was told by his sister that Phatik was a perpetual nuisance. He was lazy, disobedient and wild. But Makhan was as good as gold, as quiet as a lamb, and very fond of reading. Bishamber kindly offered to take Phatik off his sister’s hands and educate him with his own children in Kolkata. The widowed mother readily agreed. When his uncle asked Phatik if he would like to go to Kolkata with him, his joy knew no bounds, and he said : ‘Oh, yes, uncle !’ in a way that made it quite clear that he meant it.

It was an immense relief to the mother to get rid of Phatik. She had a prejudice against the boy, and no love was lost between the two brothers. She was in daily fear that he would some day either drown Makhan in the river, or break his head in a fight, or urge him on into some danger. At the same time she was a little distressed to see Phatik’s extreme eagerness to leave his home.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Page 87

Phatik, as soon as all was settled, kept asking his uncle every minute when they were to start. He was on pins all day long with excitement and lay awake most of the night. He bequeathed to Makhan, in perpetuity, his fishing-rod, his big kite, and his marbles. Indeed at this time of departure, his generosity towards Makhan was unbounded. When they reached Kolkata, Phatik met his aunt for the first time. She was by no means pleased with this unnecessary addition to her family. She found her own three boys quite enough to manage without taking anyone else. And to bring a village lad of fourteen into their midst was terribly upsetting1. Bishamber should really have thought twice before committing such an indiscretion.

In this world there is no worse nuisance than a boy at the age of fourteen. He is neither ornamental nor useful. It is impossible to shower affection on him as on a smaller ,boy; and he is always getting in the way. If he talks with a childish lisp he is called a baby, and if in a grown-up way he is called impertinent. In fact, “talk of any kind from him is resented. Then he is at the unattractive, growing age. He grows out of his clothes with indecent haste his face grows suddenly angular and unsightly.

It is easy to excuse the shortcomings of early childhood, but it is hard to tolerate even unavoidable lapses in a boy of fourteen. He becomes painfully self-conscious, and when he talks with elderly people he is either unduly forward, or else so unduly shy that he appears ashamed of his own existence. Yet, it is at this age that in his heart of hearts, a young lad most craves recognition and love; and he becomes the devoted slave of any one who shows him consideration. But none dare openly love him, for that would be regarded as undue indulgence and therefore bad for the boy. So, what with scolding and chiding, he becomes very much like a stray dog that has lost its master.

Page 88

His own home is the only paradise that a boy of fourteen can know. To live in a strange house with strange people is little short of torture; while it is the height of bliss to receive the kind looks of women and never to suffer their slights. It was an anguish to Phatik to be an unwelcome guest in his aunt’s house, constantly despised and slighted by this elderly woman.

If she ever asked him to do anything for her, he would be so overjoyed that his joy would seem exaggerated; and then she would tell him not to be so stupid, but to get on with his lessons. ’ There was no more backward boy in the whole school than Phatik. He gaped and remained silent when the teacher asked him a question, and like an overladen ass patiently suffered the many thrashings that were meted out to him. When other boys were out at play, he stood wistfully by the window and gazed at the roofs of the distant houses. And if by chance he espied children playing on the open terrace of a roof, his heart would ache with longing.

One day he summoned up all his courage, and asked his uncle, ‘Uncle, when can I go home ?’ His uncle and. ‘Wait till the holidays come.’ But the holidays would not come till October and there was still a long time to wait.

One day Phatik lost his lesson book. Even with the help of books he had found it very difficult to prepare his lesson. But, now, it became impossible. Day after day the teacher caned him unmercifully. He became so abjectly miserable that even his cousins were ashamed to own him. They began to jeer and insult him more than even the other boys did. At last he went to his aunt and told her that he had lost his book.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

Page 89

With an expression of the greatest contempt she burst out : ‘You great, clumsy, country lout ! How can I afford to buy you new books five times a month, when I have my own family to look after ?’ That night, on his way back from school, Phatik had a bad headache and a shivering fit. He felt that he was going to have an attack of malaria. His one great fear was that he might be a nuisance to his aunt.

The next morning Phatik was nowhere to be seen. Search in the neighbourhood proved futile. The rain had been pouring in torrents all night, and those who went out to look for the boy were drenched to the skin. At last Bishamber asked the police to help him. At nightfall a police van stopped at the door of the house. It was still raining and the streets were flooded. Two constables carried Phatik out in their arms and placed him before Bishamber. He was wet through from head to foot, covered with mud, while, his face and eyes were flushed with fever and his limbs were trembling. Bishamber carried him in his arms and took him inside the house. When his wife saw him, she exclaimed : ‘What a heap of trouble this boy has given us ! Hadn’t you better send him home ?’

Phatik heard her words and sobbed aloud : ‘Uncle, I was just going home; but they dragged me back again.’ The fever rapidly increased, and throughout the night.the boy was delirious. Bishamber brought in a doctor. Phatik opened his eyes, and looking up to the ceiling said vacantly ‘Uncle, have the holidays come yet ?’

Bishamber wiped the tears from his eyes and took Phatik’s thin burning hands in his own and sat by his side through the night. Again the boy began to mutter, till at last his voice rose almost to a shriek. ‘Mother !’ he cried, ‘don’t beat me like that Mother ! I am telling the truth.’

(Page 90)

The next day Phatik, for a short time, became conscious. His eyes wandered round the room as if he expected someone to come. At last, with an air of disappointment, his head sank back on the pillow. With a deep sigh he turned his face to the wall. Bishamber read his thoughts, and bending down his head whispered ‘Phatik, I have sent for your mother.

The day dragged on. The doctor said in a troubled voice that the boy’s condition was very critical. Phatik began to cry out: ‘By the mark three fathoms. By the mark four fathoms. By the mark.’ Many times had he heard the sailors on the river-steamers calling out the mark on the lead line. Now he was himself plumbing an unfathomable sea.

Later in the day Phatik’s mother burst into the room like a whirlwind and rocking herself to and fro from side to side, began to moan and cry. Bishamber tried to calm her, but she flung herself on the bed, and cried ‘Phatik, my darling, my darling.’Phatik stopped his restless movements for a moment. His hands ceased beating up and down. He said ‘Eh ?’ The mother cried again: ‘Phatik, my darling, my darling.’Very slowly Phatik’s eyes wandered, but he could no longer see the people around his bed. At last he murmured ‘Mother, the holidays have come.’

The Home-Coming Summary & Translation in Hindi

The Home-Coming Introduction:
यह कहानी एक चौदह-वर्षीय लड़के फटिक की है। वह बहुत शरारती है। उसे अपने मामा के साथ कोलकाता भेज दिया जाता है। परन्तु वहां न तो उसकी मामी और न ही उसके ममेरे भाई उसके साथ अच्छा व्यवहार करते हैं। वह गम्भीर रूप से बीमार हो जाता है और अन्त में उसकी मृत्यु हो जाती है। इस कहानी में दिया गया विचार यह है कि घर एक ऐसा स्थान होता है जहां हमें स्नेह मिलता है – एक ऐसा स्थान जिसे हमारे पैर तो छोड़ सकते हैं, परन्तु हमारा दिल नहीं। यद्यपि किसी अन्य जगह में सोने-चांदी की बरसात ही क्यों न हो रही हो और घर पर कटारों और भालों की, फिर भी घर पर होना बेहतर होता है। कठिन शब्दार्थ तथा सम्पूर्ण कहानी का हिन्दी अनुवाद

The Home-Coming Summary & Translation in Hindi

(Page 84)

फटिक चक्रवर्ती गांव के लड़कों का मुखिया था। एक दिन उसके दिमाग में किसी नई शरारत के लिए योजना सूझी। नदी की कीचड़दार तलहटी पर लकड़ी का एक भारी लट्ठा पड़ा हुआ था जिससे एक नाव का मस्तूल बनाया जाना था। उसकी योजना थी कि वे सभी मिलकर ज़ोर लगाएंगे और उस लट्टे को पूरी ताकत लगाकर उसकी जगह से हटा देंगे और इसे लुढ़का कर वहां से दूर ले जाएंगे। लट्टे का मालिक क्रोध से भर जाएगा और आश्चर्यचकित होगा जबकि वे सभी इस खेल का आनन्द लेंगे। प्रत्येक लड़के ने इस सुझाव का समर्थन किया और इसे एकमत से स्वीकार कर लियागया।

किन्तु जैसे ही खेल शुरू होने वाला था, फटिक का छोटा भाई माखन बिना कोई शब्द कहे टहलता हुआ आया और उन सब के सामने लट्टे के ऊपर बैठ गया। लड़के एक पल के लिए उलझन में पड़ गए। उनमें से एक ने उसे कुछ भीरुता के साथ धक्का दिया और उससे उठने को कहा; किन्तु वह बिल्कुल कोई परवाह किए बिना बैठा रहा। वह एक छोटे दार्शनिक के जैसा लग रहा था जो चीज़ों की व्यर्थता के बारे में चिन्तन कर रहा था। फटिक अत्यन्त क्रोधित हो गया। “माखन,” उसने चिल्लाते हुए कहा, “यदि तुम इसी पल नहीं उठोगे तो मैं तुम्हारी अच्छी पिटाई कर दूंगा।”

माखन केवल और अधिक आरामदायक स्थिति में हो गया। अब यदि फटिक ने जनता के सामने अपनी राजसी शान कायम रखनी थी तो यह स्पष्ट था कि वह अपनी धमकी को पूरा करे। किन्तु उस संकटपूर्ण स्थिति में उसकी हिम्मत जवाब दे गई। उसके आविष्कारी दिमाग़ ने तुरन्त ही एक नई तरकीब सोच ली जिससे उसका भाई परेशान भी हो जाए और उसके अनुयायियों को अतिरिक्त आनन्द भी मिल जाए। उसने उस लटे को और माखन दोनों को इकट्ठे ही लुढ़काने का आदेश दे दिया। माखन ने इस आदेश को सुना और डटे रहने को सम्मान की बात बना ली। परन्तु उन लोगों की तरह, जो अन्य विषयों में भौतिक ख्याति प्राप्त करने का यत्न करते हैं, उसने इस तथ्य की अनदेखी कर दी कि ऐसा करने में ख़तरा था।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

(Page 85)

लड़के अपनी पूरी शक्ति से लट्टे पर जोर लगाने लगे और कहने लगे, “एक, दो, तीन, चलो!” ‘चलो’ शब्द के साथ ही लट्ठा लुढ़कने लगा, और इसके साथ ही माखन का दर्शन, उसकी शान और सब कुछ जाता रहा। अन्य लड़कों का खुशी से चिल्लाते हुए गला बैठ गया। किन्तु फटिक अब थोड़ा-सा डर गया। वह नहीं था, क्योंकि माखन धरती माता पर से उठा, भाग्यदेव की भान्ति अन्धा बना हुआ और क्रोध की देवियों की भान्ति चिल्लाता हुआ। वह फटिक के ऊपर झपटा, उसके चेहरे को खरोंचा, उसे पीटा और ठोकरें मारी, और फिर रोता हुआ घर चला गया। नाटक का प्रथम अंक समाप्त हो गया। फटिक ने अपना मुंह पोंछा और नदी के किनारे पड़ी एक धंसी हुई नाव के छोर पर बैठकर घास के एक तिनके को कुतरने लगा।

घाट पर एक नाव आ कर रुकी और अधेड़ आयु का एक व्यक्ति, जिसके बाल सफेद थे और मूंछे काली थीं, उतर कर तट पर आया। उसने उस लड़के को वहां कुछ न करते हुए देखा और उससे पूछा कि चक्रवर्ती परिवार कहां रहता था। फटिक ने घास को कुतरना जारी रखा और कहा, “वहां पर,”, किन्तु यह बता पाना असम्भव था कि उसने किस तरफ इशारा किया था। अजनबी ने उससे दुबारा पूछा। फटिक ने अपनी टांगें नाव की साइड के साथ इधर-उधर झुलाई और बोला ‘जाओ और पता कर लो’ और घास को कुतरना जारी रखा।

किन्तु उसी समय एक नौकर घर की तरफ से आया और उसने फटिक से कहा कि उसकी मां उसे बुला रही थी। फटिक ने हिलने से इन्कार कर दिया। किन्तु इस अवसर पर नौकर मालिक बना हुआ था। उसने फटिक को कर्कश ढंग से पकड़ा और उसे उठाकर ले गया, जब कि वह टांगें इधर-उधर पटक रहा था और बेअसर क्रोध से संघर्ष कर रहा था। जब फटिक ने घर में प्रवेश किया तो उसकी मां ने
उसे देखा और क्रोध में बोली, ‘तो तुमने माखन को फिर से पीटा है ?’ फटिक ने क्रोधपूर्वक उत्तर दिया, ‘नहीं, मैंने नहीं पीटा। तुमसे किसने कहा मैंने पीटा था ?’ उसकी मां चिल्लाई : ‘झूठ मत बोलो ! तुमने पीटा है।’ फटिक ने चिड़चिड़े ढंग से कहा : ‘मैं तुम्हें कहता हूँ कि मैंने नहीं पीटा है। तुम माखन से पूछ लो!’ किन्तु माखन ने अपनी पहले वाली बात पर डटे रहना ही सबसे अच्छा समझा। उसने कहा : ‘हां, मां, फटिक ने मुझे पीटा था।’

Page -86

फटिक का धैर्य पहले ही समाप्त हो चुका था। वह इस अन्याय को सहन न कर सका। वह माखन की तरफ झपटा और उस पर घूसों की बौछार कर दी। यह लो,’ वह चिल्लाते हुए बोला, ‘और यह लो, और यह लो, झूठ बोलने के लिए।’ उसकी मां ने एक पल में माखन का पक्ष ले लिया, और फटिक को खींच कर हटा दिया, उसके बूंसों को उसी शक्ति से लौटाते हुए। जब फटिक ने उसे एक तरफ धकेल दिया तो वह चिल्ला पड़ी, ‘अरे क्या! छोटे दुष्ट! क्या तुम अपनी मां को भी मारोगे ?’ इसी नाजुक घड़ी में वह सफ़ेद बालों वाला अजनबी आ पहुँचा। उसने पूछा कि क्या हुआ था। फटिक लज्जित और मुंह छिपाता हुआ लगने लगा।

किन्तु जब उसकी मां ने पीछे कदम हटाया और उसने अजनबी की तरफ देखा तो उसका क्रोध आश्चर्य में बदल गया क्योंकि उसने अपने भाई को पहचान लिया और चिल्ला उठी, ‘अरे, दादा ! आप कहां से आए ये शब्द कहने के साथ ही, वह ज़मीन को झुकी और उसके पांव छुए। उसका भाई, बिशम्बर, उसके विवाह के तुरन्त बाद ही घर से चला गया था और उसने मुम्बई में अपना व्यापार शुरू कर लिया था। वह अपना पति खो बैठी थी जिस दौरान बिशम्बर मुम्बई में था। बिशम्बर अब वापस कोलकाता आ गया था और उसने आते ही अपनी बहन के बारे में पूछताछ शुरू कर दी थी। जैसे ही उसे पता चला कि वह कहां पर थी, वह जल्दी से उसे मिलने चल पड़ा था|

अगले कई दिन हंसी-खुशी में बीत गए। भाई ने पूछा कि लड़कों का पालन-पोषण कैसे चल रहा था। उसकी बहन ने उसे बताया कि फटिक निरन्तर एक परेशानी था। वह सुस्त, गुस्ताख और मनमर्जी करने वाला था। किन्तु माखन सोने के जैसा अच्छा और मेमने के जैसा शांत था और पढ़ने का बहुत शौकीन था। बिशम्बर ने कृपापूर्वक फटिक को अपनी बहन के घर से ले जाने और उसे अपने ही बच्चों के साथ कोलकाता में पढ़ाने की पेशकश की। विधवा मां तुरन्त सहमत हो गई। जब फटिक के मामा ने उससे पूछा कि क्या वह उसके साथ कोलकाता चलना पसन्द करेगा तो उसकी खुशी की कोई सीमा न रही और उसने ऐसे ढंग से कहा ‘ओह, हां, मामा जी !’ जिससे साफ़ पता चलता था कि वह ऐसा ही चाहता था।

फटिक से छुटकारा पाना मां के लिए एक बड़ी भारी राहत की बात थी। उस लड़के के प्रति उसमें एक पूर्वाग्रह बना हुआ था और दोनों भाइयों में कोई भी प्यार नहीं रहा था। उसे प्रतिदिन डर लगा रहता था कि फटिक किसी दिन माखन को या तो नदी में डुबो देगा, या लड़ाई में उसका सिर फोड़ देगा या उसे किसी खतरे में break his धकेल देगा। किन्तु साथ ही फटिक की अपना घर छोड़ने की तीव्र उत्सुकता को देख कर उसे थोड़ा दुःख भी हो रहा था।

Page 87

जब सब बात तय हो गई तो फटिक ने हर पल अपने मामा से पूछना शुरू कर दिया कि उन्होंने कब रवाना होना था। वह सारा दिन उत्तेजना से बेचैन बना रहा और रात को अधिकतर समय जागता पड़ा रहा। उसने माखन को अपनी मछली पकड़ने की कांटी. अपनी बडी पतंग और अपने कंचे सदा के लिए (वसीयत में) दे दिए। सचमुच प्रस्थान के इस समय पर माखन के प्रति उदारता असीमित थी।
जब वे कोलकाता पहुंचे तो फटिक अपनी मामी से पहली बार मिला। अपने परिवार में इस अनावश्यक वृद्धि से वह किसी भी तरह प्रसन्न न हुई।

अपने परिवार में किसी अन्य को लिए बिना उसे अपने ही तीन लड़के सम्भालने काफी लग रहे थे। तथा उनके मध्य चौदह साल के एक ग्रामीण लड़के को ले आना अत्यन्त विचलित करने वाली बात थी। ऐसी नासमझी करने से पहले बिशम्बर को सचमुच दो बार सोच लेना चाहिए था। इस दुनिया में चौदह साल के लड़के से बढ़ कर कोई अन्य परेशानी नहीं होती है। वह न तो देखने में सुन्दर लगता है, और न ही उपयोगी। एक छोटे बच्चे की भान्ति उस पर स्नेह की बौछार करना असम्भव होता है; और वह हमेशा बाधा बना रहता है। यदि वह बचकानी तुतलाहट में बोले तो उसे बच्चा कहा जाता है और यदि वह सयाने व्यक्तियों की तरह व्यवहार करे तो उसे गुस्ताख कहा जाता है। वास्तव में उसकी किसी भी बात का बुरा मनाया जाता है।

इसके अलावा वह एक अनाकर्षक और बढ़ती हुई उम्र में होता है। एक अभद्र तेजी के साथ उसके वस्त्र उस पर छोटे होने लगते हैं : उसका चेहरा अचानक ही कोणाकार और कुरूप हो जाता है। छोटे बचपन की कमियों को क्षमा कर देना आसान होता है,किन्तु एक चौदह साल के लड़के की अपरिहार्य कमियों को भी सहन करना मुश्किल हो जाता है। उसे पीड़ाजनक ढंग से आत्मचेतना हो जाती है, और जब वह बड़ी उम्र के लोगों से बात करता है तो वह या तो अनुचित रूप से बड़बोला लगता है, या अनुचित रूप से इतना शर्मीला बन जाता है कि वह अपने अस्तित्व पर ही शर्मिंदा प्रतीत होता है।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

फिर भी इसी उम्र में होता है कि चौदह साल का एक जवान लड़का अपने अन्तर्मन से पहचान और स्नेह की इच्छा अत्यधिक रखता है; और वह किसी भी ऐसे व्यक्ति का समर्पित गुलाम बन जाता है जो उसके प्रति ध्यान देता है। परन्तु कोई भी व्यक्ति खुल कर उससे प्यार नहीं कर सकता क्योंकि ऐसा करने को अनुचित लाड़-प्यार समझा जाता है और इसलिए लड़के के लिए बुरा माना जाता है। इसलिए डांट और झिड़क का मारा वह बहुत-कुछ उस आवारा कुत्ते के समान बन जाता है जो अपने मालिक को खो बैठा हो।

Page 88

उसका अपना घर ही एकमात्र स्वर्ग होता है जो एक चौदह वर्ष का लड़का जानता होता है। एक अजनबी घर में अजनबी लोगों के साथ रहना यातना से कोई कम नहीं होता है। जबकि स्त्रियों की कृपा-भरी दृष्टि ले पाना और उनकी उपेक्षा कभी न सहन करना सबसे बड़ा आनन्द होता है। फटिक के लिए अपनी मामी के घर पर एक अनचाहा मेहमान बन कर रहना, निरन्तर घृणा सहना और उस बुजुर्ग औरत के द्वारा अपमानित होते रहना एक व्यथापूर्ण बात थी। यदि वह उसे कभी कोई काम करने के लिए कहती तो वह इतनी ज्यादा खुशी से भर जाता कि उसकी खुशी ज़रूरत से ज्यादा प्रतीत होती; और फिर वह औरत उससे कहती कि वह इतना मूर्ख न बने और अपनी पढ़ाई पर ध्यान दे।

पूरे स्कूल में फटिक से ज़्यादा पिछड़ा लड़का कोई नहीं था। वह मुँह खोले देखता रहता और खामोश बना रहता जब अध्यापक उससे कोई प्रश्न पूछता, और एक अत्यधिक लदे गधे की भान्ति चुपचाप वह सब पिटाइयां सहन कर लेता जो उसे दी जातीं। जब अन्य लड़के बाहर खेल रहे होते, वह उदासीपूर्वक खिड़की की बगल में खड़ा हो जाता और दूर-स्थित मकानों की छतों को टकटकी लगाए देखता रहता। और यदि संयोग से वह खुली छत पर लड़कों को खेलते हुए देख लेता तो उसका दिल तीव्र इच्छा की पीड़ा से भर जाता। एक दिन उसने अपनी पूरी हिम्मत जुटाई और अपने मामा से पूछा, ‘मामा जी, मैं घर कब जा पाऊँगा ? उसके मामा ने उत्तर दिया, ‘छुट्टियां होने तक प्रतीक्षा करो।’

किन्तु छुट्टियां तो अक्तूबर तक नहीं होने वाली थीं, और अभी वहां प्रतीक्षा करने को लम्बा समय था। एक दिन फटिक अपनी पाठ्यपुस्तक खो बैठा। पुस्तकों की मदद से भी उसे अपना पाठ तैयार करना बहुत कठिन लगता था। किन्तु अब तो यह असंभव हो गया। दिन-प्रति-दिन अध्यापक उसे निर्दयतापूर्वक बैंतें मारता। वह इतने दयनीय रूप से दुःखी हो गया कि उसके ममेरे भाई भी उसे अपना कहने में शर्म महसूस करते थे। वे अन्य लड़कों से भी ज्यादा उसका मज़ाक उड़ाते और उसे अपमानित करते। अन्त में वह अपनी मामी के पास गया और उसे बताया कि उसकी पुस्तक खो गई थी।

Page 89

अत्यन्त तिरस्कार व्यक्त करते हुए वह फूट उठी, ‘अरे महा बेढंगे, गंवार लड़के ! मैं तुम्हें महीने में पांच बार नई पुस्तकें कैसे खरीद कर दे सकती हूं जबकि पास देखभाल करने के लिए मेरा अपना परिवार भी उस रात स्कूल से लौटते हुए फटिक को सख्त सिरदर्द हुआ और कंपकंपी छिड़ गई। उसे महसूस हुआ कि उसे मलेरिया होने जा रहा था। उसका एकमात्र मुख्य भय यह था कि वह अपनी मामी के लिए परेशानी बन जाएगा।

अगली प्रातः फटिक कहीं भी नज़र न आया। पड़ोस में की गई तलाश बेकार सिद्ध हुई। पूरी रात भर मूसलाधार वर्षा होती रही थी और वे लोग जो लड़के को ढूंढने गए थे, वे पूरी तरह भीग गए। अन्त में बिशम्बर ने पुलिस को उसकी सहायता करने के लिए कहा। रात होने पर पुलिस की एक गाड़ी घर के दरवाज़े पर आ कर रुकी। वर्षा अब भी हो रही थी और गलियों में पानी भरा हुआ था। दो सिपाहियों ने फटिक को अपनी

बांहों में लेकर बाहर निकाला और बिशम्बर के सामने लिटा दिया। वह सिर से पांव तक पूरी तरह भीगा हुआ था, कीचड़ से भरा हुआ था, जबकि उसका चेहरा और आंखें बुखार से लाल हो रहे थे, और उसके हाथ-पांव कांप रहे थे। बिशम्बर ने उसे बांहों में उठाया और घर के अन्दर ले गया। जब उसकी पत्नी ने उसे देखा तो वह कह उठी, ‘इस लड़के ने हमें कितना कष्टों का ढेर दिया क्या बेहतर न होता अगर तुम इसे घर भेज देते ?’ फटिक ने उसके शब्द सुने और ऊंची सिसकियां भरते हुए कहने लगा, ‘मामा जी, मैं घर ही जा रहा था; परन्तु वे मुझे घसीट कर वापस ले आए।’

बुखार तेजी से बढ़ता गया और रात भर लड़का बड़बड़ाता रहा। बिशम्बर एक डाक्टर को बुला लाया। फटिक ने अपनी आंखें खोली और ऊपर छत की तरफ़ देखते हुए शून्य भाव से बोला : ‘मामा जी, क्या छुट्टियां आ गई हैं ?’ बिशम्बर ने अपनी आंखों से आंसू पोंछे और फटिक के जलते हुए पतले हाथों को अपने हाथों में लिया, और पूरी रात उसकी बगल में बैठा रहा। लड़का फिर से बड़बड़ाने लगा और अंत में उसकी आवाज़ ऊंची हो कर लगभग एक चीख में बदल गई। ‘माँ!’ वह चीखा, ‘मुझे इस तरह न मारो …………मां ! मैं सच कह रहा हूँ।’

(Page 90)

अगले दिन थोड़ी देर के लिए फटिक को होश आया। उसकी नज़रें कमरे में चारों तरफ़ भटक रही थीं मानो वह किसी के आने की आशा कर रहा था। अन्त में निराशा की भावना में उसका सिर वापस तकिए पर गिर गया। गहरी आह भरते हुए उसने दीवार की तरफ़ अपना मुंह घुमा लिया। बिशम्बर उसके विचारों को भांप गया और अपना सिर झुकाते हुए फुसफुसाया : ‘फटिक, मैंने तुम्हारी मां को बुलवा भेजा है।’

दिन धीरे-धीरे घिसटता रहा। डॉक्टर ने दुःखी आवाज़ में कहा कि लड़के की हालत बहुत नाजुक थी। फटिक चिल्लाने लगा : ‘निशान के हिसाब से तीन फ़ैदम। निशान के हिसाब से – चार फ़ैदम। निशान के हिसाब से।’ कई बार उसने नदी में चलने वाले स्टीमरों के नाविकों को गहराई नापने वाली रस्सी पर के चिन्हों को ऊँचे स्वर में बोलते हुए सुना था। अब वह स्वयं एक अथाह सागर की गहराई को नाप रहा था। दिन के पिछले पहर, फटिक की मां एक चक्रवात की तरह कमरे के अन्दर पटाक से आई, और एक तरफ़ से दूसरी तरफ़ झूलती हुई कराहने और चिल्लाने लगी। बिशम्बर ने उसे शांत करने का यत्न किया, परन्तु उसने स्वयं को चारपाई पर पटक दिया और चिल्ला उठी : ‘फटिक, मेरे बच्चे, मेरे प्यारे।’

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 6 The Home-Coming

फटिक ने एक पल के लिए अपनी बेचैनी-भरी गतियां रोक दी। उसके हाथों ने ऊपर-नीचे फड़फड़ाना बन्द कर दिया। उसने कहा, ‘क्या ?’ मां फिर से चिल्लाई : ‘फटिक, मेरे बच्चे, मेरे प्यारे।’ बहुत धीरे-धीरे फटिक की नज़रें इधर-उधर घूमी किन्तु अब वह अपनी चारपाई के गिर्द खड़े हुए लोगों को देख नहीं पा रहा था। अन्त में वह बड़बड़ाया : ‘मां, छुट्टियां आ गई हैं।’ .

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class Science Book Solutions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce? Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 Science Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

PSEB 10th Class Science Guide How do Organisms Reproduce? Textbook Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Asexual reproduction takes place through budding in :
(a) Amoeba
(b) Yeast
(c) Plasmodium
(d) Leishmania.
Answer:
(b) Yeast.

Question 2.
Which of the following is not a part of the female reproductive system in human beings?
(a) Ovary
(b) Uterus
(c) Vas deferens
(d) Fallopian tube
Answer:
(c) Vas deferens.

Question 3.
The anther contains :
(a) Sepals
(b) Ovules
(c) Carpel
(d) Pollen Grains
Answer:
(d) Pollen grains.

Question 4.
What are advantages of sexual reproduction over asexual reproduction?
Answer:
Advantages of sexual reproduction:
Sexual reproduction has a dual significance for the species.

  • It results in multiplication and perpetuation of the species.
  • It contributes to evolution of the species by introducing variation in a population much more rapidly than asexual reproduction.

Question 5.
What are the functions performed by the testis in human beings?
Answer:
Functions of testis

  • Produce male gametes, called sperms.
  • Leydig’s cells secrete male sex hormone namely testosterone into blood.

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 6.
Why does menstruation occur?
Answer:
During menstruation, broken down endometrium is passed out as menstrual flow along with unfertilized egg (ovum).

Question 7.
Draw a labelled diagram of Vertical section of flower.
Answer:
Vertical section of flower
PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 1
V.S of Folwer

Question 8.
Wliat are different methods of contraception?
Answer:
The various methods of birth control are :
PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce 2
Flowchart: Brief account on birth control measures

Question 9.
How are modes of reproduction different in unicellular and multicellular organisms?
Answer:
Unicellular organisms mostly reproduce by asexual methods except for a few such as Paramecium, Eimeria, these organisms reproduce by sexual methods also. The multicellular organisms have more complex body. They reproduce both by asexual and sexual methods. But sexual reproduction is the more common method.

Question 10.
How does reproduction help in providing stability to populations of species?
Answer:
Reproduction is the process by which organisms increase their populations. The rate of births and deaths in a given population determine its size.

Question 11.
What could be the reasons for adopting contraceptive methods?
Answer:

  • To control population.
  • For family planning.
  • For good health of women and children.

Science Guide for Class 10 PSEB How do Organisms Reproduce? InText Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is the importance of DNA copying in reproduction?
Answer:

  • DNA copying is called DNA replication. In this process one copy each of replicated DNA will be passed on two daughter cells. Each cell formed will have its own cellular apparatus to control the activities of the daughter cells.
  • It maintains the body designs and features in different generations of the species.
  • Variations may be introduced during copying of DNA. This inbuilt tendency for variation during reproduction forms the basis of evolution.

Question 2.
Why is variation beneficial to the species but not necessarily for the individuals?
Answer:
Variations present in some populations would enable them to survive. In case of changing environmental condition such as global warming. Thus it is useful for survival of species over time.

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 3.
How does binary fission differ from multiple fission?
Answer:
Differences between binary fission and multiple fission

Binary fission Multiple fission
1. Parent cell divides into two daughter cell. 1. Parent cell divides into many daughter cells.
2. It takes place during favourable conditions. 2. It takes place during unfavourable conditions.
3. Residual cytoplasm is left. 3. Nothing is left with parent.
4. Cytoplasm divides after every nuclear division. 4. Cytoplasm does not divide after every nuclear division.

Question 4.
How will an organism be benefited if it reproduces by spores?
Answer:

  • Spores are covered by thick walls, that protect them until they come into contact with another substratum on which they can grow.
  • They are produced in large numbers.

Question 5.
Can you think of reasons why more complex organisms cannot give rise to new individuals through regeneration?
Answer:

  • Regeneration is not reproduction because most organism would not depend on being cut up.
  • It is not certain that cut up portion will be able to survive and give rise to a new individual.

Question 6.
Why is vegetative propagation practised for growing some types of plants?
Answer:
Advantages of vegetative propagation

  • It is usually a means of propagating such plants which do not produce viable seeds.
  • It is rapid method of producing young ones.
  • It helps in retaining useful characters from generation to generation.

Question 7.
Why is DNA copying an essential part of the process of reproduction?
Answer:

  • DNA copying provides cellular apparatus in the daughter cells.
  • DNA in daughter cells will be able to control the functioning of daughter cells.
  • DNA copies will retain the traits.

Question 8.
How is the process of pollination different from fertilisation?
Answer:
Differences between pollination and fertilization

Pollination Fertilization
1. It is the transference of pollen grains from anther to stigma. 1. It is fusion of a male and a female gamete.
2. An external agent is required like wind, water and animal. 2. It does not require any external agent.

Question 9.
What is the role of seminal vesicles and prostate gland?
Answer:
Role of seminal vesicles. These glands secrete viscous secretions, which contain fructose and prostaglandins. The fructose is the source of energy for sperms and prostaglandins stimulate uterine contraction and thus may help the sperm to move towards the female’s oviduct.

Role of prostate gland. It secretes an alkaline milky fluid that aid in sperm motality. The fluid contains small amount of citric acid, some lipids and a few enzymes. It also contains bicarbonate ions which give the semen its alkaline pH.

Question 10.
What are the changes seen in girls at the time of puberty?
Answer:
Changes at the time of puberty: These changes occur under the influence of hormones FSH (Follicle stimulating hormone) and estrogen.

  • Growth of breast and external genitalia.
  • Darkening of nipple skin.
  • Broadening of pelvis.
  • Growth of pubic and axillary hair.
  • Increase in subcutaneous fat.
  • Initiation of menstruation and ovulation.

Question 11.
How does embryo get nourishment inside the mother’s body?
Answer:
Embryo gets nourishment through placenta. Placenta is a disc embedded in the wall of uterus. It contains villi on the embryo side of tissue. On the mother side are blood spaces which surround villi. Placenta serves to bring the foetal and maternal blood close enough to permit exchange of materials between the two. Placenta also acts as endocrine gland.

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 8 How do Organisms Reproduce?

Question 12.
If a woman is using a copper-T, will it help her in protecting sexually transmitted diseases?
Answer:
Copper-T prevents fertilization but the chances of infection persist. Thus it will not help her in protecting from sexually transmitted diseases.

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 7 Control and Coordination

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class Science Book Solutions Chapter 7 Control and Coordination Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 Science Chapter 7 Control and Coordination

PSEB 10th Class Science Guide Control and Coordination Textbook Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Which of the following is plant hormone?
(A) Insulin
(B) Thyroxin
(C) Oestrogen
(D) Cytokinin.
Answer:
(D) Cytokinin.

Question 2.
The gap between two neurons is called :
(A) Dendrite
(B) Synapse
(C) Axon
(D) Impulse.
Answer:
(B) Synapse.

Question 3.
The brain is responsible for :
(A) Thinking
(B) Regulating the heart beat
(C) Balancing
(D) All of above.
Answer:
(D) All of above.

Question 4.
What is the function of receptors in the body? Think of situations where receptors do not work properly. What problems are likely to arise?
Answer:
Receptors. They are meant for receiving and detecting the information from environment. They are located in sense organs. They receive the information detected by tips of dendrites and convey them as electrical impulses.
If receptors do not detect the information, there will not be any co-ordination. It may lead to accidents. Body response will not be there.

Question 5.
Draw a labelled diagram of neuron and explain its function.
Or
Draw the structure of neuron and label the following on it.
Nucleus, Dendrite, Cell body and Axon.
Answer:
Functions of Neuron (Nerve cell).

  • Nerve cells are specialised for conducting information via electrical impulses from one part of the body to another part.
  • Dendrites acquire the information.
  • Axon conducts information as electrical impulse.
  • Terminal arborization pass the information as chemical stimulus at synapse for onward transmission.

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 7 Control and Coordination 1
A Nerve Cell

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 7 Control and Coordination

Question 6.
How does phototropism Occur in planes?
Answer:
Phototropism.
It is an established fact that plants bend towards light when they are exposed to it from one side of long axis. The aerial parts are positively phototropic and the roots and other underground parts bend away from light. These movements are due to interaction of light and auxins. The unilateral growth causes bending of stem as tip grows more rapidly.

Question 7.
Which signals will get disrupted in case of spinal cord injury?
Answer:

  • Spinal cord mainly controls reflex actions in the body. Spinal cord is made up of nerves which supply information to think about. Thus these actions will get disrupted in case of injury to spinal cord.
  • Sensation and movement are restricted.

Question 8.
How does chemical co-ordination occur in plants?
Answer:
Chemical coordination in plants

  • Plants do’not have well organised nervous and muscular system, still they respond to stimuli and co-ordinate in the best possible way.
  • Different kinds of stimuli trigger the release of chemicals called plant hormones or phytohormones.
  • These phytohormones help to coordinate growth development and responses to the environment.
  • Auxins stimulate the cells to grow longer on one side of shoot in response to light thus it bends way.
  • Gibberellins help in growth of stem.
  • Cytokinins promote cell division.
  • Abscisic acid inhibits growth. Its effects include wilting of leaves.

Question 9.
What is the need for a system of control and co-ordination in an organism?
Answer:
Control and Co-ordination in the body is of two types i.e. nervous control and hormonal control. Nervous control is rapid. It takes place through electrical signals called nerve impulses. The hormonal control is through chemical messengers called hormones secreted by endocrine (ductless) glands and carried by blood to the target organs.

Question 10.
How are involuntary actions different from reflex action?
Answer:
Reflex action is sudden and quick response to input (stimulus). It saves from many accidents. It is controlled by spiral cord. The involuntary actions are controlled by midbrain and hind brain. These are the actions in which thinking does not have any control. These actions are blood pressure, salivation and cycling.

Question 11.
Compare and contrast the nervous and hormonal mechanism for control and coordination in animals.
Answer:
Differences between endocrine system and nervous system

Endocrine System Nervous System
1. The action of endocrine system is often very diverse, affecting many cells and sometimes several organs found in different parts of the body. 1. The action of nervous system is limited to a few muscle fibres or gland cells of an organ or organ system.
2. The system is not directly connected to organs or tissues under its control. 2. The system is directly connected to tissues or organs under its control.
3. It exerts its control through hormones or chemical regulators poured into circulatory system. 3. Nervous system exerts its control through chemical stimulants poured directly over the tissues or organs.
4. The information is transmitted slowly. 4. The information is transmitted almost instantaneously.
5. The system takes time to produce response. It, therefore, regulates those processes where the response is not immediately required. 5. It controls process where an immediate response is required.
6. The effect is long lasting. 6. The effect is short lived.

Question 12.
What is the difference between the manner is which movement takes place in a sensitive plant and the movement in our leg.
Answer:
Movement of human leg is under the control of nervous system. It is under the
direction of motor area which, controls voluntary muscles of leg. The sensitive plant “Touch me not,” moves its leaves in response to touch but without any regulation by nervous tissue.

Science Guide for Class 10 PSEB Control and Coordination InText Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is the difference between reflex action and walking?
Answer:
Differences between reflex action and walking:

Reflex Action Walking
1. It is an inborn action and present in an individual right from birth. 1. Walking is acquired through learning.
2. It is controlled by spinal cord. 2. It is controlled by hind brain.
3. It cannot be changed. 3. It can be changed.
4. It is involuntary action. 4. To start with it is voluntary and later on it becomes involuntary.
5. Response is given by muscles and glands. 5. Response is given by muscles.

Question 2.
What happens at the synapse between two neurons?
Answer:
Synapse is a junction between terminal ends of one axon and dendrites of adjacent neuron. There is a gap between the two called synaptic cleft. As the electrical impulse reaches the terminal knobs, they release chemicals called neurotransmitters. These chemicals cross the gap and start a similar electrical impulse in the dendrite of next neuron. Synapse ensures that nerve impulse travels in one direction only.

Question 3.
Which part of the brain maintains posture and equilibrium of the body?
Answer:
Cerebellum part of hind brain maintains posture and equilibrium.

Question 4.
How do we detect the smell of an agarbatti (Incense stick)?
Answer:
Sensory information regarding smell is received by olfactory lobes of brain. As the air passes through the nasal chambers, the olfactory epithelial cells get stimulated and convey the information as electrical impulses to brain which have the power of interpretation.

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 7 Control and Coordination

Question 5.
What is the role of the brain in reflex action?
Answer:
Thinking centres are located in brain. Brain is the co-ordinating centre. Brain and spinal cord in coordination with each other control all voluntary and involuntary actions. The spinal reflexes are produced in the spinal cord but the message of reflex action taken also goes to brain where the thinking process occurs. Some reflex arcs involve the brain rather than the spinal cord only.

Question 6.
WTiat are plant hormones? Name any two.
Answer:
Plant hormones. These are chemical compounds secreted by plants which diffuse all around the other cells and regulate the activities. Plant hormones help to co-ordinate growth, development and responses to the environment.
Examples : Auxins and Cytokinin.

Question 7.
How is the movement of leaves of the sensitive plant different from the movement of a shoot towards light?
Answer:
Sensitive plant show seismonastic movements. It is due to turgidity of cells. The movement of a shoot is a tropic movement.

Movement of the leaves of sensitive plant Movement of shoot towards light
1. It is a nastic movement which does not depend on the direction of stimulus. 1. It is a tropic movement.
2. The stimulus is touch. 2. The stimulus is light.
3. It is caused by sudden loss of water from the swelling present at the base of the leaves. 3. It is caused by the unequal growth on the two sides of the shoot.
4. It is not a growth movement. 4. It is a growth movement.

Question 8.
Give an example of a plant hormone that promotes growth.
Answer:
IAA = Indole-3-Acetic Acid.

Question 9.
How do auxins promote the growth of a tendril around a support?
Answer:
Auxins synthesised in the tip helps the cells to grow longer. Some plants like the pea plant climb up other plants or support by means of tendrils. These tendrils are sensitive to touch. When they come in contact with any support, the part of the tendril in contact with the object does not grow as rapidly as the part of the tendril away from the object. This causes the tendril to circle around the object and thus cling to it. It is due to accumulation of auxins.

Question 10.
Design an experiment to demonstrate hydrotropism.
Answer:
Experiment to demonstrate hydrotropism
PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 7 Control and Coordination 2
Demonstration of hydrotropism

  • Take a porous pot and fill it with water.
  • Keep a few freshly germinated pea seedlings in a dried sand.
  • As the water is not available in sand the root growing will bend towards porous pot filled with water.
  • You wall observe a hydrotropic curvature of the root as it grows towards water.
  • This bending of root show the movement as a response towards water.

Question 11.
How does chemical coordination take place in animals?
Answer:
Chemical coordination. It is brought about by chemical messengers called hormones. They are secreted by endocrine glands (ductless glands). The hormones are carried by the blood to the site of action (target organs). The hormones are consumed during their action. Hormones provide wide ranging changes.

Question 12.
Why is the use of iodised salt advisable?
Answer:
Iodine is necessary for the thyroid gland to make thyroxine hormone. Thyroxine regulates carbohydrate, protein and fat metabolism. It is required for growth. In case of deficiency of thyroxine, a disorder called goitre is caused. Thus, the use of iodised salt is advisable .to prevent iodine deficiency disorders in the body.

Question 13.
How does our body respond when adrenaline is secreted into blood?
Answer:
Adrenaline is secreted by the adrenal gland during emergencies. It prepares the body to respond effectively. Following actions occur :

  • Heartbeats faster so as to pump the blood to muscles that need more energy.
  • The blood supply to the digestive system and skin is reduced due to the contraction of muscles around these organs. This helps in diverting blood supply to muscles.
  • Breathing becomes fast.

PSEB 10th Class Science Solutions Chapter 7 Control and Coordination

Question 14.
Why are some patients with diabetes treated by giving injections of insulin?
Answer:
Insulin hormone is secreted by Islets of Langerhans of the pancreas. This hormone helps in regulating sugar levels in the blood. Its deficiency results in high sugar levels and causes many harmful effects. To bring the sugar level to normal in such diabetic patients, insulin injections are given.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Main Course Book Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 English Main Course Book Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What caused desperation to the gods ?
Answer:
There was a fight between the demons and the gods. The demons seemed to have an upper hand. It caused desperation to the gods.

असुरों और देवताओं के बीच एक युद्ध हुआ। असुरों का पलड़ा भारी प्रतीत होता था। इससे देवताओं में निराशा पैदा हो गई।

Question 2.
Who did the gods go to in desperation ?
Answer:
The gods went to Lord Vishnu. They wanted to know the way to defeat the demons.

देवता भगवान् विष्णु के पास गए। वे असुरों को पराजित करने का तरीका जानना चाहते थे।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

Question 3.
What was Lord Vishnu’s advice to the gods ?
Answer:
Lord Vishnu advised the gods to get a mighty sword prepared from the bones of some great sage.

भगवान् विष्णु ने देवताओं को सलाह दी कि वे एक शक्तिशाली तलवार प्राप्त करें जो किसी महान् सन्त की अस्थियों से बनी हो।

Question 4.
What was the sacrifice of Saint Dadhichi ?
Answer:
He laid down his life so that his bones could be made into an invincible weapon for the gods.

उसने अपने प्राणों का बलिदान कर दिया ताकि उसकी अस्थियों से देवताओं के लिए एक अपराजेय शस्त्र बनाया जा सके।

Question 5.
What is the real spirit behind the yajnas performed in our homes ?
Answer:
It is the spirit of charity, renunciation, sacrifice and detachment.

यह दान, त्याग, बलिदान और वैराग्य की भावना होती है।

Question 6.
What does the tradition of feeding birds and animals prove ?
Answer:
It proves that the people of our country believe in the unity and sanctity of all life.

इससे सिद्ध होता है कि हमारे देश के लोग सम्पूर्ण जीवन की एकता तथा पवित्रता में विश्वास रखते हैं।

Question 7.
Why did some scholars laugh at Ashtavakra ?
Answer:
Ashtavakra had a deformed body. He looked very ugly. Therefore, some scholars laughed at him.

अष्टवक्र का शरीर टेढ़ा-मेढ़ा था। वह बहुत कुरूप लगता था। इसलिए कुछ विद्वान उस पर हंस पड़े।

Question 8.
How did Ashtavakra react when some scholars laughed at him ?
Or
How did Ashtavakra react ?
Answer:
Ashtavakra became very angry. He called them skinners because they measured the worth of a person from his skin.

अष्टवक्र बहुत क्रोधित हो उठा। उसने उन्हें चर्मकार कहा क्योंकि वे किसी व्यक्ति का मूल्य उसकी चमड़ी से आंकते थे।

Question 9.
What did Vivekananda say to the lady who laughed at his ____ simple dress ?
Answer:
He said that it was the tailor who made a man in the lady’s country. But in his own country, it was the real worth and character of a person that mattered.

उसने कहा कि उस औरत के देश में एक दर्जी होता है जो किसी व्यक्ति को बनाता है। किन्तु उसके अपने देश में व्यक्ति का वास्तविक मूल्य और उसका चरित्र होता है जिसका महत्त्व होता है।

Question 10.
What was the status of women in ancient India ?
Answer:
In ancient India, women enjoyed a high status. No auspicious function was considered complete without their participation.

प्राचीन भारत में औरतों का दर्जा ऊंचा था। कोई भी शुभ कार्य उनकी भागीदारी के बिना पूरा नहीं माना जाता था।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

Question 11.
Why did Shivaji bow his head before the woman who was brought to him as a gift ?
Answer:
Shivaji had great regard for women. He looked upon them as his mothers. That was why he called that woman mother and bowed his head before her.

शिवाजी औरतों के प्रति बहुत सम्मान रखते थे। वह उन्हें अपनी माताएं मानते थे। इसीलिए उन्होंने उस औरत को मां कहा और उसके सामने अपना सिर झुकाया।

Question 12.
Why, according to you, were the wars fought in the Mahabharata and Ramayana sacred ?
Answer:
These wars were fought to defend and uphold the honour of motherhood. That was why they were considered sacred.

ये युद्ध मातृत्व की रक्षा और उसे बनाए रखने के लिए लड़े गए थे। इसी कारण से वे पवित्र माने जाते थे।

Question 13.
What does Lord Rama’s meeting with a Bheel woman and eating the tasted berries show ?
Answer:
It shows that in ancient India, there was never any discrimination on the basis of caste, creed or profession.

इससे पता चलता है कि प्राचीन भारत में कभी भी जाति, नस्ल या व्यवसाय के आधार पर भेद-भाव नहीं होता था।

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why, according to the author, should those people be ashamed of themselves who believe in female foeticide ?
Answer:
The author says that India is a land where women were always held in great regard. No auspicious ceremony was considered complete without their participation. The two great epics, the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, also uphold the honour of women. In such a country, the evil of female foeticide is indeed a matter to be ashamed of.

लेखक कहता है कि भारत एक ऐसा देश है जहां औरतों का सदा ही बहुत सम्मान किया जाता था। उनके शामिल हुए बिना कोई भी शुभ अनुष्ठान सम्पूर्ण नहीं माना जाता था। रामायण और महाभारत के दो महाकाव्य भी औरतों के सम्मान का समर्थन करते हैं। ऐसे देश में कन्या-भ्रूण हत्या वास्तव में ही एक शर्मिंदा होने की बात है।

Question 2.
How does the author support the idea of the victory of the good over the evil ?
Answer:
The author gives the examples of Dadhichi and Sri Guru Gobind Singh’s sons. These great souls sacrificed their lives for the cause of good. Dadhichi sacrificed his life to give the gods an invincible weapon against the asurs. The young sons of Sri Guru Gobind Singh sacrificed their lives for the sake of their faith and the principles of justice.

लेखक दधीचि और गुरु गोबिन्द सिंह के पुत्रों का उदाहरण देता है। इन महान आत्माओं ने अच्छाई की खातिर अपने जीवन बलिदान कर दिए। दधीचि ने असुरों के विरुद्ध देवताओं को एक अजेय शस्त्र प्रदान करने के लिए अपना जीवन बलिदान कर दिया। गुरु गोबिन्द सिंह के छोटे पुत्रों ने अपने धर्म और न्याय के सिद्धान्तों की खातिर अपने जीवन बलिदान कर दिए।

Question 3.
What is the basic difference between the position of women in society in the ancient times and now ?
Answer:
In the ancient times, women enjoyed a very high position. No auspicious ceremony was considered complete without their participation. They were never looked upon as objects of lust. Now women are not given their due regard. The incidents of dowry killings and female foeticide are matters of shame for us.

प्राचीन समय में औरतों को बहुत ऊंचा स्थान प्राप्त था। कोई भी शुभ अनुष्ठान औरतों की उपस्थिति के बिना पूरा नहीं माना जाता था। उन्हें कभी भी वासनापूर्ति की चीज़ नहीं माना जाता था। परन्तु अब औरतों को उचित सम्मान नहीं दिया जाता है। दहेज के कारण होने वाली मौतें और कन्या-भ्रूण की हत्या हमारे लिए लज्जा की बातें हैं।

Question 4.
What does the practice of langar’ stand for ? Explain.
Answer:
Langar is a symbol of love and fellow-feeling. It is a symbol of brotherhood and equality. It tells us that we should eat only after we have shared our meal with others. By sharing our meals with others, we develop a great feeling of love and brotherhood.

लंगर प्यार और सहभावना का प्रतीक है। यह भाईचारे और समानता का प्रतीक है। यह हमें बताता है कि हमें केवल तब खाना चाहिए जब हम दूसरों के साथ अपना भोजन बांट चुके हों। दूसरों के साथ अपना भोजन बांटने से हम प्यार और भाईचारे की महान भावनाओं को विकसित करते हैं।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

Question 5.
Give an example to prove that in ancient India, there was no discrimination on the basis of caste.
Answer:
We find a great example of it in the Ramayana. Lord Rama ate the tasted berries from a Bheel woman. The woman was a shudra while Rama was a ksatriya. It shows that in ancient India, there was no discrimination on the basis of caste.

रामायण में हमें इसका एक महान उदाहरण मिलता है। भगवान राम ने एक भील औरत से जूठे बेर खाए थे। वह औरत एक शूद्र थी जब कि राम एक क्षत्रिय थे। इससे पता चलता है कि प्राचीन भारत में जाति के आधार पर कोई भेद-भाव नहीं था।

Vocabulary and Grammar

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Some scholars laughed at Ashtavakra’s ….
(i) joke
(ii) friend
(iii) luck
(iv) deformed body
Answer:
(iv) deformed body

Question 2.
In ancient India, the woman was always considered a goddess. (True /False)
Answer:
True

Question 3.
The gods went to Lord Vishnu in desperation. (True /False)
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Who was losing in the battle between the gods and the demons ?
Answer:
The gods

Question 5.
What did Saint Dadhichi advise the gods to make ?
(i) An arrow
(ii) A sword
(iii) Bones
(iv) None of these.
Answer:
(iv) None of these.

Question 6.
Shivaji bowed his head before the …………….
(i) man
(ii) woman
(iii) teacher
(iv) king
Answer:
(ii) woman

Answer each of the following in one word / phrase / sentence :

Question 1.
In the fight beween the demons and gods, who was winning initially ?
Answer:
The demons.

Question 2.
Who was Dadhichi ?
Answer:
He was a great saint.

Question 3.
What did Dadhichi give to gods ?
Answer:
He gave them all the bones of his body.

Question 4.
Who is the author of this chapter ?
Answer:
Dr. D.V. Jindal.

Question 5.
How did the young sons of Sri Guru Gobind Singh sacrifice their life?
Answer:
They chose to be bricked alive for the sake of their faith.

Question 6.
What does ‘Vasudhev Kutumbukam’ stand for?
Answer:
It stands for the entire universe is our family’.

Question 7.
Who was Ashtavakra ?
Answer:
He was a well-known sage.

Question 8.
Why were the gods depressed ?
Answer:
Because the demons seemed to be winning.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

Question 9.
Why was Ashtavakra angry ?
Answer:
Because the scholars were laughing at his misshapen body.

Question 10.
What supreme quality of Chatrapati Shivaji has been highlighted in the chapter ?
Answer:
His quality of giving highest respect to women.

Complete the following:

1. The fight took place between gods and ………….
2. Dadhichi readily gave his …………… to gods.
3. The two sons of Sri Guru Gobind Singh were ………….
4. The elder ones treat it as their duty to feed ………….
5. The great sage, Ashtavakra, came to the court of ………….. have always been given high respect in India.
Answer:
1. demons
2. bones
3. bricked alive
4. the birds and animals
5. king Janaka
6. Women.

Write True or False against each statement :

1. The demons seemed to be losing the fight.
2. Gods went to Lord Brahma for advice.
3. Feeding birds shows our people’s belief in the unity of all life.
4. Ashtavakra was a very handsome sage.
5. Chhatrapati Shivaji was very respectable to women.
6. In Lord Rama’s time, there was no discrimination on the basis of cast or creed.
Answer:
1. False
2. False
3. True
4. False
5. True
6. True.

Choose the correct option for each of the following:

Question 1.
A long fight took place
(a) among demons themselve
(b) among gods
(c) between demons and gods
(d) none of the above.
Answer:
(c) between demons and gods

Question 2.
What was to be made from Sage Dadhichi’s bones ?
(a) A thunderbolt (Vajrapatt).
(b) A bow.
(c) A chakra.
(d) A spear.
Answer:
(a) A thunderbolt (Vajrapatt).

Question 3.
Indians feel happy to feed ……
(a) birds
(b) beasts
(c) animals
(d) both (a) and (c).
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (c).

Question 4.
In ancient India, women enjoyed ……….
(a) complete freedom
(b) a very high status
(c) all luxuries
(d) quarrels and fights.
Answer:
(b) a very high status

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices Summary & Translation in English

Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices Introduction:
In this chapter, the author tells about the traditions and practices prevalent in ancient India. He says that our old philosophy teaches us the spirit of detachment. But now corruption, greed and lust for easy money have overshadowed this noble philosophy. Our old philosophy teaches us that the whole universe is one family. But now we have forgotten this philosophy. In ancient India, there was no discrimination on the basis of caste, creed or sex. But now such discrimination is quite prevalent. Women are not getting their rightful place in the society. The practice of female foeticide has become very common.

Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices Summary & Translation in English

(Page 72)

In a fight between the demons’ and the gods once, the demons were having an Upper hand. In desperation and anxiety, the gods went to Lord Vishnu to find out as to how they could vanquish the demons. The Lord advised them to get a mighty sword (ah underbolt, Vajarpatt) prepared from he bones of some great sage. Accordingly; he gods approached the sage Dadhichi, great saint. Dadhichi took no time in laying down his life so that his bones could be made into an invincible weapon (amoghastra). This victory of the good over evil is the rarest of the rare examples of great renunciation and sacrifice that this culture teaches.

Who can forget the supreme sacrifice of the young sons of Sri Guru Gobind Singh ? They chose to be bricked alive for the sake of their faith and the canons of justice and true liberty. Our philosophy and thought teach us to renounce , to sacrifice, to give away in charity in the real spirit of detachment. ‘Idam naa mam’ (This does not belong to me) is the real spirit behind the yajnas we are called upon to perform frequently in our homes. Should corruption, greed and lust for easy money have any place in a country rich with such noble and lofty traditions ?

(Page 73)

The elder ones of this country, as per tradition coming down from thousands of years to this day, consider it a divine and blessed duty to feed the birds flying in the sky, the animals moving about on. this earth and the insects living in small holes inside the earth. This noble tradition is ocular proof of the fact that the people of this country believe in the unity of life, anywhere and everywhere.

‘Vasudhev Kutumbukam’, the entire Universe is one family, is the basic thought that works here and in the various such ceremonies like the tradition of ‘langar’ in the holy temples and Gurudwaras and the message of the holy Gurus contained in the directive: ‘Eat only after you have shared your meal with others, (Wand chakra).’ This idea of distribution applies not to food only; it extends well up to the entire resources and funds that are available to man. Do we still need to be taught to love the entire mankind as our kith and king and respect the sanctity of life through total non-violence

Once, the story goes, king Janaka of Maithil (present Bihar) called a meeting of the scholars to discuss some ticklish issue based on high philosophic thought. A well-known sage named Ashtavakra (so called – because of his deformed body) was also invited to this meeting. As Ashtavakara entered the portals of the palace hall and walked up the passage, some scholars already present there burst into a derisive laughter. How could such a deformed and misshapen person discuss high philosophy, they felt.

Ashtavakra thundered back to the king, “O King ! I feel ashamed of being invited to this assembly of skinners(persons who deal in animal skins; Charamkars). It is only a skinner who measures intelligence or status of a person from his skin or physical looks or the colour and shape of his skin or body.”

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

(Page 74)

This put the entire assembly to shame and brought them to their knees to beg pardon of this great saint. Colour of the skin or shape of the body has never been a measure of intelligence or status in this country. Lord Rama’s eating of the tasted berries from a Bheel woman (a Shudra woman who used to sprinkle water on the earth with the help of a leather bag) is a sufficient proof of the fact that there was never any discrimination on the basis of caste, creed or profession of a person in ancient India. One is here also reminded of what the enlightened sage, Swami Vivekananda, said to a lady in America who laughed at his ‘simple’ dress : “Madam, in your country, it is the tailor who makes a man; in my country it is the intrinsic worth and character of a person that make him or her great.”

Isn’t it unwise to support, tacitly or otherwise, any talk of such discrimination on such frivolous bases today ? The history of this great land is full of examples where no auspicious function was considered to be held properly without the participation of women. So much so, that if no woman could somehow make it to the function, a statue of the woman was created to mark her auspicious presence. This only proves that a woman in this great land was never looked upon as an object of lust or sex; she was always considered a devi (goddess), Kanjak (a young, unmarried girl child fit to be worshipped), the mother of mankind, the ardhangini, the inseparable but equal wheel of the rat ha (chariot) of life.

(Page 75)

This fitly explains Chhatrapati Shivaji’s bowing his head before a woman and respectfully restoring her dignity Shivaji’s bowing his head before a woman and respectfully restoringid her dignity as a mother when some misguided soldiers of his victorious army presented her to Shivaji as gift. This too explains that the great wars in both the sacred epics, the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, were fought for defending and upholding the honour of this matrishakti, the powerful motherhood. Does this not put those to shame who think of resorting to female foeticide or denying the female sex their rightful place in the affairs of the world ?

Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices Summary & Translation in Hindi

Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices Introduction:
इस पाठ में लेखक प्राचीन भारत में प्रचलित परम्पराओं और रिवाजों के बारे में बताता है। वह कहता है कि हमारा प्राचीन दर्शन हमें विराग की भावना सिखाता है। परन्तु अब भ्रष्टाचार, लालच और लालसा ने इस उत्तम दर्शन को ढक लिया है। हमारा प्राचीन दर्शन हमें सिखाता है कि पूरा ब्रह्माण्ड एक परिवार है। परन्तु अब हम इस दर्शन को भूल चुके हैं। प्राचीन भारत में जाति, धर्म या लिंग के आधार पर कोई भेदभाव नहीं होता था। परन्तु अब इस प्रकार का भेदभाव बहुत आम है। औरतों को समाज में उनका उचित स्थान नहीं मिल रहा। कन्या-भ्रूण हत्या एक आम बात हो चुकी है।

Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices Summary & Translation in Hindi

(Page 72)

असुरों और देवताओं के मध्य युद्ध के दौरान एक बार असुरों का पलड़ा भारी हो रहा था। निराशा और चिंता से भर कर देवतागण भगवान् विष्णु के पास यह जानने के लिए गए कि वे किस प्रकार असुरों को हरा सकते थे। भगवान् ने उन्हें सलाह दी कि वे किसी महान् सन्त की हड्डियों से तैयार की गई एक शक्तिशाली तलवार (वज्रपात) प्राप्त करें। इसी उद्देश्य से देवतागण सन्त दधीचि के पास पहुँचे जो एक महान् सन्त था। दधीचि ने अपने प्राणों का बलिदान करने में कोई देर न की ताकि उसकी हड्डियों से एक अजेय शस्त्र (अमोघास्त्र)

बनाया जा सके। बुराई के ऊपर अच्छाई की यह विजय महान् त्याग और बलिदान के उन दुर्लभतम् उदाहरणों में से एक है जो यह संस्कति सिखाती है। श्री गुरु गोबिन्द सिंह के छोटे-छोटे पुत्रों के महानतम् बलिदान को कौन भूल सकता है ? उन्होंने स्वेच्छा से अपने धर्म, न्याय के आदर्शों तथा वास्तविक स्वतन्त्रता के लिए स्वयं को ईंटों में चिनवा लिया। हमारा दर्शन और हमारे विचार हमें त्याग करना, बलिदान करना, वैराग्य की सच्ची भावना के साथ अपना सर्वस्व दान में दे देना सिखाते हैं। ‘इदम् न माम’ (यह मेरी नहीं है) ही वह वास्तविक भावना है जो उन यज्ञों में निहित होती है जिन्हें हमें अपने घरों में विभिन्न अवसरों पर प्रायः आयोजित करने को कहा जाता है। क्या भ्रष्टाचार, लालच और किसी भी तरीके से धन कमाने की लालसा का कोई स्थान ऐसे देश में होना चाहिए जो ऐसी श्रेष्ठ तथा उच्च परम्पराओं से समृद्ध हो ?

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

(Page 73)

इस देश के बुजुर्ग व्यक्ति, हजारों वर्षों से आज तक चली आ रही परम्परा के अनुसार, इसे अपना दैवी और पवित्र कर्त्तव्य मानते हैं कि वे आकाश में उडते हए पक्षियों. इस धरती पर विचरने वाले पशओं तथा धरती के अन्दर अपने छोटे-छोटे. बिलों में रहने वाले कीड़े मकौड़ों के लिए खाने को दें। यह उत्तम परम्परा इस तथ्य का प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण है कि इस देश के लोग किसी भी जगह और हर जगह जीवन की एकता में विश्वास रखते ‘वसुधैव कुटुम्बकम्’ (पूरा विश्व एक परिवार है) वह मूल विचार है जो यहां काम करता है, और उन विभिन्न अनष्ठानों में भी जैसे कि पवित्र मंदिरों और गुरुद्वारों में लंगर की परम्परा, तथा महान् गुरुओं के उस संदेश में जो इस निर्देश में निहित है कि: ‘भोजन तभी’

करो जब तुमने अपना भोजन अन्य व्यक्तियों के साथ बाँट लिया हो (वंड छको)।’ बांटने का यह विचार केवल भोजन पर ही लागू नहीं होता, यह उन सभी स्रोतों तथा निधियों पर भी लागू होता है जो मनुष्य को प्राप्त हैं। क्या अभी भी हमें यह सिखाए जाने की आवश्यकता है कि हम सम्पूर्ण मानवता को अपना सम्बन्धी समझें और सम्पूर्ण अहिंसा के माध्यम से जीवन की पवित्रता का सम्मान करें ?
ऐसी कहानी है कि एक बार मैथिल (आज का बिहार) के राजा जनक ने किसी जटिल समस्या पर, जो उच्च दार्शनिक विचारों पर आधारित थी, विचार-विमर्श करने के लिए एक सभा बुलाई। अष्टवक्र नाम के एक प्रसिद्ध ऋषि को भी उस सभा में निमन्त्रित किया गया था।

(उसका नाम उसके शरीर की अंग-विकृति के कारण ऐसा पड़ गया था।) जैसे ही अष्टवक्र ने महल के सभा-भवन में प्रवेश किया और गलियारे में चल कर आने लगा, वहां पहले से उपस्थित कुछ विद्वान उपहास भरे ठहाके लगाने लगे। ऐसा अंग-विकृत तथा कुरूप व्यक्ति किस प्रकार उच्च दर्शन के विषय में चर्चा कर सकता था. उन्होंने ऐसा सोचा। इस पर अष्टवक्र ने गरजती हुई आवाज़ में राजा से कहा, “हे राजन ! चर्मकारों (पशु-चमड़ी का व्यापार करने वाले लोगों) की इस सभा में निमन्त्रित किए जाने पर मुझे लज्जा आ रही है। यह केवल एक चर्मकार ही होता है जो किसी व्यक्ति की बुद्धिमत्ता अथवा उसके पद का माप उसकी त्वचा तथा उसकी शारीरिक आकृति या उसकी त्वचा अथवा शरीर के रंग और आकृति से करता है।

(Page 74)

इस पर पुरी सभा लज्जित हो गई और वे उस महान् ऋषि से क्षमा मांगने के लिए अपने घुटनों के बल हो गए। त्वचा का रंग या शरीर की आकृति इस देश में कभी भी बुद्धिमत्ता अथवा ऊंचे पद का मापदंड नहीं रहे हैं।

भगवान् राम द्वारा एक भीलनी (एक शूद्र स्त्री जो चर्म मशक द्वारा ज़मीन पर पानी छिड़का करती थी) के जूठे बेरों को खाना इस तथ्य का पर्याप्त प्रमाण है कि प्राचीन भारत में जाति, धर्म अथवा व्यवसाय के आधार पर कभी भी किसी व्यक्ति से कोई भेद-भाव नहीं किया जाता था। यहां उस बात की भी याद आ जाती है जो उस प्रबुद्ध सन्त, स्वामी विवेकानन्द, ने अमरीका की उस स्त्री से कही थी जिसने उसके अत्यन्त सादे वस्त्रों का मज़ाक उड़ाया था, “मैडम, आपके देश में किसी व्यक्ति को एक दर्जी बनाता है; मेरे देश में किसी व्यक्ति के आंतरिक गुण और उसका चरित्र होते हैं जो उसे महान् बनाते हैं।”

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 5 Some Glimpses of Ancient Indian Thought and Practices

क्या यह मूर्खता नहीं होगी कि प्रत्यक्ष या अप्रत्यक्ष रूप से ऐसे महत्त्वहीन आधारों पर इस तरह के भेद-भाव वाली किसी चर्चा का आजकल अनुमोदन किया जाए? इस महान् देश का इतिहास ऐसे उदाहरणों से भरा पड़ा है जहां स्त्रियों द्वारा भाग लिए बिना कोई भी शुभ कार्य उचित रूप से आयोजित नहीं समझा जाता था। यहां तक कि यदि कोई स्त्री किसी कारण से उस कार्य में सम्मिलित नहीं हो पाती थी तो उसकी शुभ उपस्थिति के प्रतीक के रूप में उस स्त्री की मूर्ति बनवाई जाती थी। इससे केवल यही सिद्ध होता है कि इस महान् देश में स्त्री को वासना या कामेच्छा पूरी करने वाली चीज़ कभी नहीं समझा जाता था; उसे सदा एक देवी, एक कंजक (एक छोटी उम्र की अविवाहित कन्या जिसकी पूजा की जानी चाहिए), मानव-मात्र की मां, अर्धांगिनी, जीवन रथ का अभिन्न किन्तु बराबरी वाला पहिया माना जाता था।

(Page 75)

छत्रपति शिवाजी द्वारा एक स्त्री के सामने सिर झुकाने और एक मां की तरह उसकी प्रतिष्ठा को पुनः स्थापित करने के पीछे यही भावना काम कर रही थी जब उनकी विजयी सेना के कुछ पथभ्रष्ट सैनिकों ने उस स्त्री को शिवाजी के सामने एक उपहार के रूप में प्रस्तुत किया। यह हमें यह भी बताता है कि दोनों पवित्र महाकाव्यों, रामायण और महाभारत, में महायुद्ध इसी मातृशक्ति के सम्मान की रक्षा के लिए और उसे बनाए रखने के लिए लड़े गए थे। क्या यह बात उन लोगों को लज्जा से नहीं भर देती जो कन्या-भ्रूण हत्या की बात सोचते हैं अथवा विश्व के मामलों में स्त्रियों को उनका न्याय-संगत स्थान नहीं देते हैं ?

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Main Course Book Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 English Main Course Book Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why was Della crying ?
Answer:
Della wanted to buy a Christmas gift for Jim, but she didn’t have money for it. So she was crying.

डैला जिम के लिए एक क्रिसमस उपहार खरीदना चाहती थी, किन्तु उसके पास इसके लिए पैसे नहीं थे। इसलिए वह रो रही थी।

Question 2.
Describe the poverty of Della’s house.
Answer:
Signs of poverty were everywhere in the house. She had only a little couch. It was also very very dirty.

घर में सब जगह निर्धनता के चिन्ह थे। उसके पास केवल एक छोटा-सा सोफा था। यह भी बहुत गन्दा था।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

Question 3.
What type of present had Deila planned for Jim ?
Answer:
Della wanted to buy a fine present for Jim. She wanted it to be something rare which Jim could feel proud of.

डैला जिम के लिए कोई सुन्दर उपहार खरीदना चाहती थी। वह कोई ऐसी चीज़ चाहती थी जो दुर्लभ हो और जिस पर जिम गर्व महसूस कर सके।

Question 4.
What were the two prized possessions of Jim and Della ?
Answer:
Jim had a golden watch. Before him, it had been his father’s and grandfather’s. Della had lovely brown hair that reached below her knees.

जिम के पास एक सुनहरी घड़ी थी। उससे पहले यह उसके पिता की और उसके दादा की रही थी। डैला के पास भूरे रंग के सुन्दर बाल थे जो उसके घुटनों के नीचे तक पहुंचते थे।

Question 5.
Describe the present Della bought for Jim.
Answer:
Della bought a platinum watch-chain for Jim. It was simple but well made.

डैला ने जिम के लिए प्लैटिनम की बनी घड़ी की एक चेन खरीदी। यह सादी किन्तु अच्छी बनी हुई लगती थी।

Question 6.
How did Della manage to buy the gift ?
Answer:
Della had beautiful long hair. She sold it for twenty dollars. Thus she was able to buy a Christmas gift for Jim.

डैला के बाल लम्बे और सुन्दर थे। उसने इन्हें बीस डॉलर में बेच दिया। इस प्रकार वह जिम के लिए एक क्रिसमस उपहार खरीदने के योग्य हो गई।

Question 7.
What did Della think when she looked at herself in the mirror ?
Answer:
Della looked at herself in the mirror. She looked like a boy. She became very nervous. She thought Jim would be very angry with her.

डैला ने खुद को आइने में देखा। वह एक लड़के के जैसी लगती थी। वह बहुत घबरा गई। उसने सोचा जिम उससे बहुत नाराज़ होगा।

Question 8.
What was Jim’s reaction on seeing Della’s hair gone ?
Answer:
There was a strange expression in Jim’s eyes. It was not anger or surprise.
It was not disapproval also. He simply stared at her fixedly.

जिम की आँखों में एक विचित्र भाव था। यह न तो गुस्सा था, और न ही हैरानी। यह न पसन्द करने का भाव भी नहीं था। वह केवल उसे एकटक घूरता रहा।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

Question 9.
What explanation did Delle give to Jim ?
Answer:
Della said that she wanted to buy a Christmas present for Jim, but she had not the money. So she had to sell her hair to get the money.

डैला ने कहा कि वह जिम के लिए क्रिसमस का कोई उपहार खरीदना चाहती थी किन्तु उसके पास पैसे नहीं थे। इसलिए उसे पैसे प्राप्त करने के लिए अपने बाल बेचने पड़े।

Question 10.
What was in the package that Jim had brought for Della ?
Answer:
The package contained a beautiful set of combs. Della had seen them in a shop window. She had liked them but had never hoped she could get them.

पैकेट में कंघियों का एक सुन्दर जोड़ा था। डैला ने इन्हें एक दुकान की खिड़की में देखा था। उसे ये पसन्द थीं किन्तु उसे कभी आशा नहीं थी कि वह उन्हें प्राप्त कर सकेगी।

Question 11.
How did Jim manage to buy the present for Della ?
Answer:
Jim had a beautiful gold watch. He sold it to buy a present for Della.

जिम के पास एक सुन्दर सुनहरी घड़ी थी। डैला के लिए उपहार खरीद पाने के लिए उसने इसे बेच दिया।

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
‘Expenses had been greater than she had calculated.’ Why ?
Answer:
Jim earned only twenty dollars a week. Out of it, eight dollars went for the house rent. Thus only twelve dollars were left for the family to live on. With all her parsimony, Della could save only 1.87 dollars. Naturally, the expenses had been greater than expected.

जिम सप्ताह में केवल बीस डॉलर कमाता था। इसमें से आठ डालर घर के किराए के लिए निकल जाते थे। इस प्रकार परिवार के निर्वाह के लिए केवल बारह डालर बच पाते थे। अपनी पूरी किफ़ायत के बावजूद डैला केवल 1.87 डालर बचा पाई थी। स्वाभाविक रूप से खर्चे आशा से अधिक रहे थे।

Question 2.
Describe in your own words the incident of Della’s selling her hair.
Answer:
Della wanted to buy a nice Christmas present for Jim, but she had not the money for it. She thought of selling her beautiful brown hair. She went to a shop that dealt in hair goods. There she sold her hair for twenty dollars. She at once took the money and ran to the market to buy a present for Jim.

डैला जिम के लिए क्रिसमस का एक सुन्दर उपहार खरीदना चाहती थी, किन्तु उसके पास इसके लिए पैसे नहीं थे। उसने अपने सुन्दर भूरे बाल बेचने का मन बनाया। वह एक दुकान पर गई जहां बालों की बनी चीजें बेची जाती थीं। वहां उसने अपने बाल बीस डालर में बेच दिए। उसने तुरन्त पैसे लिए और जिम के लिए उपहार खरीदने बाज़ार की तरफ़ दौड़ पड़ी।

Question 3.
Why was Della pleased with her selection of the present for Jim ?
Answer:
Jim had a gold watch of which he was very proud. Della bought a platinum chain for Jim’s watch. She wanted to give it to him as a Christmas present. The platinum chain was simple but well made. Della felt that it had been made for Jim and no one else. She was certain that Jim would be very pleased to have it.

जिम के पास सोने की एक घड़ी थी जिस पर उसे बहुत गर्व था। डैला ने जिम की घड़ी के लिए प्लैटिनम की एक चेन खरीदी। वह उसे यह क्रिसमस उपहार के रूप में देना चाहती थी। प्लैटिनम चैन सादी थी किन्तु बढ़िया बनी हुई थी। डैला को महसूस हुआ कि वह जिम के लिए बनी थी, तथा और किसी के लिए नहीं। उसे विश्वास था कि उसे प्राप्त करके जिम बहुत प्रसन्न होगा।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

Question 4.
Why does the story writer call Jim ‘a poor fellow’ ?
Answer:
Jim was only twenty-two and he was burdened with a family. He earned only twenty dollars a week. Out of it, eight dollars went for the house rent. Thus very little was left to run the house. Jim had no overcoat or gloves. He looked very thin and serious. That is why the story writer calls him ‘a poor fellow’.

जिम की आयु केवल बाईस वर्ष की थी और वह एक परिवार के बोझ तले दबा हुआ था। वह सप्ताह में केवल बीस डालर कमाता था। इसमें से आठ डालर मकान के किराए में चले जाते थे। इस प्रकार घर चलाने के लिए बहुत थोड़े पैसे बचते थे। जिम के पास कोई ओवरकोट या दस्ताने नहीं थे। वह बहुत दुबला-पतला और गम्भीर दिखाई देता था। इसी कारण कहानी-लेखक उसे ‘बेचारा आदमी’ कहता है।

Question 5.
What do you think about the expression in Jim’s eyes ? Was it shock, surprise or anger ? Why ?
Answer:
When Jim looked at Della without her hair, a strange expression came in his eyes. It was not anger or surprise. It was not disapproval also. He simply stared at her fixedly. He had brought for her a costly pair of combs, but now he saw that she had no hair to wear them. It was this fact that had turned him blank.

जब जिम ने डैला को उसके बालों के बिना देखा तो उसकी आंखों में एक अजीब-सा भाव आ गया। यह कोई क्रोध या हैरानी का भाव नहीं था। यह पसन्द न आने का भाव भी नहीं था। वह केवल एकटक नज़र से उसे देखता रहा। वह उसके लिए कंघियों का एक कीमती जोड़ा लेकर आया था किन्तु अब उसने देखा कि उन्हें पहनने के लिए उसके कोई बाल नहीं थे। यही बात थी जिसने उसे भावशून्य बना
दिया था।

Question 6.
Both Jim and Della gave each other the gifts of rare love. How ? Explain.
Answer:
Jim and Della had two precious things. One was Della’s lovely long hair and the other was Jim’s gold watch. Della sold her hair to buy a Christmas present for Jim. And Jim sold his gold watch to buy a set of combs for Della’s hair. Thus their gift proved of no use for each other. Still they were the gifts of rare love. They showed how deeply the two loved each other.

जिम और डैला के पास दो कीमती चीजें थीं। एक थी – डैला के सुन्दर लम्बे बाल और दूसरी थी – जिम की सुनहरी घड़ी। डैला ने जिम के लिए एक क्रिस्मस उपहार खरीदने के लिए अपने बाल बेच दिए तथा जिम ने डैला के बालों के लिए कंघियों का एक जोड़ा खरीद पाने के लिए अपनी सोने की घड़ी बेच दी। इस प्रकार उनके उपहार एक-दूसरे के लिए किसी काम के न सिद्ध हुए। फिर भी वे दुर्लभ प्यार के उपहार थे। उनसे पता चलता था कि वे एक-दूसरे से कितना गहरा प्यार करते थे।

Vocabulary and Grammar

Question 1.
Supply suitable gerunds in the blanks :
Answer:
1. becoming
2. sleeping
3. climbing
4. pruning
5. annoying
6. living
7. putting
8. swimming
9. working
10. doing.

Question 2.
(a) Combine the nouns with gerunds in the table to form meaningful compound. nouns :
Answer:
1. fruit-picking
2. lorry-driving
3. birdwatching
4. coal-mining
5. weightlifting
6. fish-farming.

(b) Now combine the gerunds with the nouns to form compound nouns :
Answer:
1. waiting room
2. diving board
3. driving licence
4. dining hall
5. swimming pool
6. housing committee
7. skating rink.

Question 3.
Fill in the blanks with the suitable word :
Answer:
1. weakness
2. shout
3. sweet
4. timid
5. foal
6. keys
7. bleat
8. shame
9. deer
10. definite.

Question 4.
Fill in the blanks with the phrases given below :
Answer:
1. look after
2. look ahead
3. look out
4. took up
5. Put on
6. Put out
7. put off
8. put forward.

Question 5.
Correct the following sentences :
Answer:
1. To save the child, he jumped into the well.
2. You have to answer for your misbehaviour.
3. He did not agree to my proposal.
4. We should abide by the decision of the management.
5. He has been accused of theft.
6. You must apologize to the boss for your misbehaviour.
7. The student assured the teacher of his honesty.
8. Della was absorbed in her studies.
9. The nurse is attending on your father.
10. He is addicted to drugs.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

Question 6.
Rewrite the following in the Indirect form of Narration
Answer:
1. Speaking with difficulty, Jim asked Della if she had cut off her hair.
Della replied that she had cut it off and sold it. She asked Jim if he didn’t like her just as well, without her hair.
2. Della told Jim that he didn’t have to look for it. She urged Jim to be good to her because she had done it all for him.
3. Della asked Jim if it wasn’t lovely. She added that she had hunted all over the town to find it and Jim would have to look at his watch a hundred times a day then. She asked Jim to give her his watch as she wanted to see how it (the chain) looked on it.

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
The signs of richness were everywhere in their house. (True/False)
Answer:
False

Question 2.
What did Della buy for Jim as a Christmas gift ?
(i) Jeans
(ii) Set of combs
(iii) Watch
(iv) Watch-chain.
Answer:
(iv) Watch-chain.

Question 3.
The proud possession of Jim was …
(i) salary
(ii) Della
(iii) gold watch
(iv) flat.
Answer:
(iii) gold watch

Question 4.
Who did not have enough money to buy a Christmas present ?
(i) Jim
(ii) Della
(iii) Both of them
(iv) None of them.
Answer:
(iii) Both of them

Question 5.
Della sold her hair for ……………. dollars.
Answer:
twenty

Question 6.
What did Jim buy for Della as a Christmas gift?
(i) Jeans
(ii) Set of combs
(iii) Watch
(iv) Watch-chain.
Answer:
(ii) Set of combs

Answer each of the following in one word / phrase / sentence :

Question 1.
Who is the author of the story, ‘A Gift for Christmas’?
Answer:
O’ Henry.

Question 2.
How much money had Della saved ?
Answer:
One dollar and eighty-seven cents.

Question 3.
Why had Della been saving money ?
Answer:
She wanted to give a Christmas gift to her husband.

Question 4.
Did Della feel happy in her home ?
Answer:
No, she felt unhappy with her modest home.

Question 5.
What was Della’s ambition ?
Answer:
She wanted to live a rich person’s life.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

Question 6.
What were the two precious possessions of Della and Jim ?
Answer:
Della’s beautiful hair and Jim’s ancestral gold watch.

Question 7.
How much did Della get in exchange for her hair ?
Answer:
Twenty dollars.

Question 8.
What did Jim need badly?
Answer:
A new overcoat and a pair of gloves.

Question 9.
How did Della look with her cropped hair ?
Answer:
She looked like a schoolboy.

Question 10.
What did Jim buy for Della ?
Answer:
A beautiful set of combs for her hair.

Complete the following :

1. Della wanted to buy a …………………. for Jim.
2. Della got twenty …………………. in exchange for her hair.
3. The two proud possessions in Youngs’ home were and ……………
4. Jim was ………………. to see Della with cropped hair.
5. Jim needed a …………………. and a pair of …………..
6. Jim sold his ………………. to buy a gift for Della.
Answer:
1. Christmas gift
2. dollars
3. Della’s hair, Jim’s gold watch
4. speechless
5. new overcoat, gloves
6. gold watch.

Write True or False against each statement :

1. Della’s household showed their poverty.
2. Della was accustomed to dreaming big.
3. Della sold her hair to buy a set of combs.
4. Jim hated Della with her short hair.
5. The gifts proved very useful to both of them.
6. Jim and Della’s love increased on receiving those ‘useless’ gifts.
7. Della bought a platinum watch-chain for Jim.
Answer:
1. True
2. True
3. False
4. False
5. False
6. True
7. True.

Choose the correct option for each of the following :

Question 1.
Della was crying because ………
(a) she had lost her purse
(b) she did not love Jim
(c) she had no money for a gift
(d) she had a terrible headache.
Answer:
(c) she had no money for a gift

Question 2.
The inside of Della’s home showed …………
(a) their poverty
(b) their good taste
(c) cracks in walls
(d) a lot of furniture.
Answer:
(a) their poverty

Question 3.
At the young age of twenty-two, Jim was burdened with ………
(a) a joint family
(b) a big responsibility
(c) heavy debt
(d) a family.
Answer:
(d) a family.

Question 4.
The ‘useless’ gifts of Della and Jim showed their …………
(a) innocence
(b) stupidity
(c) ignorance
(d) deep love for each other.
Answer:
(d) deep love for each other.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

A Gift for Christmas Summary & Translation in English

A Gift for Christmas Introduction:
Jim and Della were husband and wife. They had great love for each other. There were two precious possessions in their house. One was Jim’s gold watch. The other was Della’s hair. It was Christmas eve. They wished to give something wonderful as a gift to each other. But they had no money to buy the gifts. Della sold her hair and bought a platinum chain for Jim’s gold watch. On the other hand, Jim sold his gold watch and bought a beautiful set of combs for Della’s hair. But when they came back home, they found that their gifts were of no use to them. Jim was without his watch and Della was without her hair. But their love for each other made the Christmas eve most enjoyable for them.

A Gift for Christmas Summary & Translation in English

(Page 46)

One dollar and eighty-seven cents. That was all. And sixty cents of it was in pennies. Pennies saved one and two at a time. Three times Della counted it. And the next day would be Christmas. There was clearly nothing that Della could do except to throw herself on the dirty little couch and cry. While Della is crying let us take a look at her home which is a furnished flat at $8 a week. You see signs of poverty

wherever you turn your eyes. What else can you expect1 when Della’s husband, Mr. James Dillingham Young, earns just2 $20 a week ? Della finished crying. She went up to the looking-glass and began to powder her cheeks. Then she stood by the window and looked out dully at a grey cat walking on a grey fence in a grey backyard. Tomorrow would be Christmas Day, and she had only $1.87 with which to buy Jim a present. She had been saving every penny she could for months, with this result. Twenty dollars a week doesn’t go far. Expenses had been greater than she had calculated. They always are. Only $1.87 to buy a present for Jim. Her Jim. Oh, the many happy hours she had spent planning for something nice for him . Something fine and rare, worthy of the honour of being owned by Jim.

Suddenly Della turned away from the window and stood before the glass. Her eyes were shining brilliantly, but her face had lost its colour all of a sudden, Rapidly she pulled down her hair and let it fall to its full length.Now, there were two possessions of the James Dillingham Youngs in which they both took great pride. One was Jim’s gold watch that had been his father’s and his grandfather’s. The other was Della’s hair. Della let fall her beautiful hair and it looked like a cascade of brown waters.

It reached below her knees. Quickly and nervously she combed it and did it up again. For a minute she faltered. Tears appeared in her eyes.

(Page 47)

That was only for a moment. She put on her old brown jacket, she put on her old brown hat. With her eyes shining brightly she fluttered out of the door and down the stairs to the street. She stopped at a shop with the sign ‘Mme Sofronio. Hair Goods of All Kinds’. The shop was located on the second floor. Della ran up the stairs.
‘Will you buy my hair ?’ asked Della.
‘I buy hair,’ said Madame. ‘Take your hat off and let me have a look at it.’
Down came the brown cascade.

‘Twenty dollars,’ said Madame, lifting the beautiful hair with her experienced hand.
‘Give it to me quickly,’ said Della.
Della spent the next two hours in the stores eagerly looking for Jim’s present. She found it at last. It surely had been made for Jim and no one else. There was no other like it in any of the stores. It was a platinum watch-chain, simple but well made. It was worthy of the watch. As soon as she saw it she decided that it was the right present for Jim. She paid twenty-one dollars for it and hurried home with the 87 cents that remained.

When Della reached home, pleased with the present, she grew nervous as she thought calmly about what she had done. She looked at the reflection in the mirror long, carefully, and critically. She brought out her curling irons and began to curl her hair carefully. The tiny curls made her look like a schoolboy. ‘If Jim doesn’t kill me,’ she said to herself, ‘before he takes a second look at me, he’ll say I look like a boy. But what could I do ? Oh ! What could I do with a dollar and eighty-seven cents ?’

Page -48

At seven o’clock the coffee was made and everything arranged to get dinner ready. Jim was never late. Della sat on the corner of the table near the door with the watch chain in hater hand. Then she heard his step on the stairs. She turned white for just a moment. She prayed, ‘Please God, make him think I am still pretty.’

The door opened and Jim stepped in and closed it. He looked thin and very serious. Poor fellow, he was only twenty- two and he was burdened with a family . He needed a new overcoat and he was without gloves. Jim’s eyes were fixed on Della, and there was an expression in them that she could not read, and it terrified her. It was not anger, nor surprise. He simply stared at her with a strange expression on his face.

Della got off the table and moved towards him. ‘Jim, darling,’ she cried,‘don’t look at me that way. I had my hair cut off and sold it because I had to buy a Christmas present for you. I just had to do it. My hair grows so fast you don’t mind, do you ? Say Merry Christmas ! Jim, and let’s be happy. You don’t know what a nice what a beautiful present I’ve got for you.’

You’ve cut off your hair ?’ asked Jim, speaking with difficulty.‘Cut it off and sold it,’ said Della. ‘Don’t you like me just as well , without my hair ?’ Jim looked about the room curiously . You say, your hair is gone ?’ he said with an air almost of disbelief .You needn’t look for it,’ said Della. ‘It’s sold, I tell you sold and gone. It’s Christmas Eve, Jim. Be good to me, because I did it all for you.’

Jim seemed to wake up at last, and to understand. He kissed Della. He suddenly remembered that he had brought something for Della too. He drew a package from his overcoat pocket and threw it upon the table.

Page – 49

‘Don’t make any mistake, Della,’ he said, ‘about me. Whatever happens I shall always love you just the same. Now open the package and you will understand why I behaved as I did.’ Della’s white fingers quickly opened the package. And then at first a scream of joy followed by a quick feminine change to tears.

For there lay The Combs the set of combs, side and back, that Della had seen in a Broadway window and liked so much. They were beautiful combs, so expensive and they were hers now. But alas, the hair in which she was to wear them was sold and gone ! She took them up lovingly, smiled through her tears and said, ‘My hair grows so fast, Jim !’
And then Della jumped up like a little cat and cried, ‘Oh, oh !’

Jim had not yet seen his beautiful present. She held it out to him eagerly on her open palm.
‘Isn’t it lovely, Jim ? I hunted all over town to find it. You’ll have to look at your watch a hundred times a day now. Give me your watch. I want to see how it looks on it.’

Instead of obeying, Jim sat down on the couch and put his hands under the back of his head and smiled.
‘Dell,’ said he, ‘let’s put our Christmas presents away and keep them awhile. They are too nice to use just at present. I sold the watch to get the money to buy your combs. And now please get the dinner ready.’

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

A Gift for Christmas Summary & Translation in Hindi

A Gift for Christmas Introduction:
जिम और डैला पति-पत्नी थे। उनके दिलों में एक-दूसरे के लिए बहुत प्यार था। उनके घर में दो बहुमूल्य वस्तुएं थीं। एक तो जिम की सोने की घड़ी थी। दूसरी डैला के बाल थे। क्रिसमस की पूर्व-संध्या थी। वे एकदूसरे को कोई आश्चर्यजनक उपहार भेंट करना चाहते थे। परन्तु उनके पास उपहार खरीदने के लिए पैसे नहीं थे। डैला ने अपने बाल बेच दिए और जिम की सोने की घड़ी के लिए एक प्लैटिनम की जंजीर खरीद ली। दूसरी ओर, जिम ने अपनी सोने की घड़ी बेच दी और डैला के लम्बे बालों के लिए कंघियों का एक सुन्दर सैट खरीद लिया। परन्तु जब वे घर वापस आए तो उन्होंने पाया कि उनके उपहारों का उनके लिए कोई लाभ नहीं था। जिम के पास घड़ी नहीं थी और डैला के बाल नहीं थे। परन्तु उनके पारस्परिक प्यार के कारण क्रिसमस की संध्या उनके लिए अत्यन्त खुशी भरी हो गई।

A Gift for Christmas Summary & Translation in Hindi

(Page 46)

एक डॉलर और सत्तासी सैंट। केवल इतनी ही रकम थी। और इसमें भी साठ सैंट पेनियों (छोटे सिक्के) थे। वे पेनियां जो एक-एक और दो-दो करके जमा की गई थीं। डैला ने इसे तीन बार गिना। और अगले दिन क्रिसमस होनी थी। स्पष्ट रूप से डैला के पास कुछ अन्य करने को नहीं था, सिवाए इसके कि वह स्वयं को अपने छोटे-से गंदे सोफे पर पटक दे और रोने लगे। जिस दौरान डैला रो रही है, आइए हम उसके घर पर एक नज़र डाल लें जो कि आवश्यक वस्तुओं से सज्जित एक फ़्लैट है जिसका किराया आठ डॉलर प्रति सप्ताह है।

जिधर भी आप नज़र घुमाएं, आपको ग़रीबी के चिन्ह नज़र आएंगे। आप और क्या आशा कर सकते हैं जब डैला का पति, मिस्टर जेम्ज़ डिलिंगम यंग, प्रति $20 सप्ताह मात्र बीस डॉलर कमाता है ? डैला ने रोना बंद कर दिया। वह दर्पण के सामने गई और अपने गालों पर पाउडर लगाने लगी। फिर वह खिड़की की बगल में खड़ी हो गई और नीरस भाव से बाहर को देखा जहां एक धूसर रंग की बिल्ली धूसर रंग के पिछवाड़े में धूसर रंग के अहाते पर चली जा रही थी। अगला दिन क्रिस्मस का होने वाला था और उसके पास जिम के लिए उपहार खरीदने को मात्र 1.87 डॉलर थे। वह कई महीनों से प्रत्येक पैनी बचाती आ रही थी जो वह बचा सकती थी और उसका परिणाम केवल इतना हुआ था।

प्रति सप्ताह बीस डॉलर ज़्यादा नहीं चलते हैं। खर्चे उससे ज़्यादा हो जाते जितना वह अनुमान लगाया करती। वे हमेशा हो जाते हैं। जिम के लिए उपहार $1.87 खरीदने को मात्र 1.87 डॉलर। उसका अपना जिम। ओह, कितने प्रसन्नतापूर्ण घण्टे उसने जिम के लिए किसी बढ़िया चीज़ की योजना बनाते हुए बिताए थे! कोई ऐसी चीज़ जो बढ़िया और दुर्लभ हो, जो जिम द्वारा रखे जाने के सम्मान की पात्र हो।

अचानक डैला खिड़की से हटी और दर्पण के सामने खड़ी हो गई। उसकी आंखें तेज़ चमक लिए हुए थीं किन्तु उसका चेहरा अचानक ही अपनी सारी लालिमा खो बैठा। शीघ्रता से उसने अपने बाल खोल कर नीचे किए और उन्हें उनकी पूरी लंबाई तक गिरने दिया। अब जेम्ज़ डिलिंगम यंग परिवार के पास दो कीमती चीजें थीं जिन पर वह दोनों बहुत गर्व करते थे। एक तो जिम की सुनहरी घड़ी थी जो उससे पहले उसके पिता और उसके दादा के पास रह चुकी थी। दूसरी चीज़ डैला के बाल थे। डैला ने अपने सुंदर बालों को नीचे तक गिरने दिया और ये भूरे पानी के एक झरने के जैसे लग रहे थे। ये उसके घुटनों के नीचे तक पहुंच रहे थे। जल्दी से और घबराहटपूर्वक उसने बालों में कंघी की और उन्हें फिर से बान्ध लिया। एक पल के लिए वह हिचकिचा गई। उसकी आंखों में आंसू भर आए।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 4 A Gift for Christmas

(Page 47)

ऐसा केवल एक पल ही रहा। उसने अपनी पुरानी भूरी जैकेट पहनी तथा अपना पुराना भूरे रंग का हैट पहन लिया। अपनी आंखों में एक तेज़ चमक लिए हुए वह तेज़ी से दरवाजे से बाहर निकली और सीढ़ियों से उतर कर गली में आ गई। वह एक दुकान के पास रुकी जहां लिखा था’ ‘मैडम सोफ्रोनियो। बालों से बनी सभी प्रकार की चीजें’। दुकान दूसरी मन्ज़िल पर स्थित थी। डैला भागती हुई सीढ़ियों से ऊपर को गई। “क्या आप मेरे बाल खरीदेंगी ?” डैला ने पूछा। “हां, मैं बाल ही खरीदती हूं,” मैडम ने कहा। “अपना हैट उतारो और मुझे इन्हें एक नज़र देखने दो।” भूरा झरना तुरन्त नीचे को बह आया।

“बीस डॉलर,” मैडम ने उन संदर बालों को अपने अभ्यस्त हाथों से उठाते हुए कहा। “जल्दी से यह मुझे दे दीजिए,” डैला ने कहा। डैला ने अगले दो घंटे जिम के लिए उपहार की उत्सुकतापूर्वक खोज करते हुए दुकानों में बिताए। अंत में उसे यह मिल गया। निश्चय ही यह जिम के लिए बनाया गया था, किसी भी अन्य के लिए नहीं। इसके जैसा कोई अन्य किसी भी दुकान में नहीं था। यह प्लैटिनम की बड़ी एक घड़ी वाली चेन थी, सादी किन्तु अच्छी बनी हुई। यह उस घड़ी के लिए उपयुक्त थी। ज्योंही डैला ने इसे देखा, उसने निश्चय कर लिया कि जिम के लिए यह बिल्कुल उपयुक्त उपहार था। उसने चेन के लिए इक्कीस डॉलर का भुगतान किया और बचे हुए सत्तासी सैंट लिए हुए तेज़ी से घर की तरफ चल दी।

जब डैला अपने उपहार पर प्रसन्न होती हुई घर पहुंची तो वह घबराने लगी जब उसने शांतिपूर्वक विचार किया कि वह क्या कर बैठी थी। दर्पण में अपने प्रतिबिम्ब को वह बड़े ध्यान से, आलोचनात्मक ढंगपूर्वक लंबे समय तक देखती रही। उसने बाल धुंघराले करने वाली अपनी लोहे की कंघियां निकाली और सावधानीपूर्वक अपने बालों को धुंघराले बनाने लगी। उन छोटे-छोटे छल्लों में वह एक स्कूली लड़के जैसी लग रही थी। “कहीं जिम मुझे मार ही न दे,” उसने स्वयं से कहा, “इससे पहले कि वह मुझ पर दूसरी नज़र डाले, वह कहेगा मैं एक लड़के जैसी लगती हूं। किन्तु मैं क्या कर सकती थी? ओह ! मैं एक डॉलर और सत्तासी सैंट से क्या कर सकती थी ?”

(Page 48)

सात बजे उसने काफ़ी बनाई और रात्रि भोज तैयार करने के लिए सभी चीजें तैयार कर लीं। जिम कभी देर से नहीं आता था। घड़ी की चेन अपने हाथ में लिए हुए डैला दरवाजे के पास एक मेज के कोने पर बैठ गई। तब उसे सीढ़ियों से आती जिम के कदमों की आवाज़ सुनाई दी। वह केवल एक पल के लिए सफ़ेद पड़ गई। वह प्रार्थना करने लगी, “हे ईश्वर, कृपा करके उसे यह विचार देना कि मैं अभी भी सुंदर हूँ।” दरवाजा खुला और जिम ने अंदर कदम रखा और इसे बंद कर दिया। वह दुबला और बहुत गंभीर लग रहा था। बेचारा जिम, वह सिर्फ बाईस वर्ष का था और परिवार के बोझ में दबा था! उसे एक नए ओवर कोट की ज़रूरत थी और उसके पास दस्तानें नहीं थे। जिम की नज़र डैला पर टिकी थी और उसकी आँखों में एक ऐसा भाव था जिसे डैला पढ़ न पाई और इससे वह भयभीत हो उठी। उस भाव में न क्रोध था और न ही आश्चर्य । वह अपने चेहरे पर एक विचित्र-सा भाव लिए उसकी तरफ़ टकटकी लगाए देखता रहा। डैला मेज़ से नीचे उतरी और जिम की तरफ बढ़ी। “जिम, मेरे प्रिय,” उसने चिल्लाते हुए कहा, “मुझे इस

तरह न देखो। मैंने अपने बाल कटवा दिए और बेच दिए क्योंकि मुझे तुम्हारे लिए क्रिसमस का उपहार खरीदना था। मुझे ऐसा करना ही था। मेरे बाल बहुत जल्दी बढ़ आते हैं, तुम्हें बुरा तो नहीं लगा है, क्या लगा है ? जिम, ‘शुभ क्रिसमस!’ कहो और आओ हम खुशी मनाएँ। तुम नहीं जानते मैं तुम्हारे लिए कितना बढ़िया,कितना सुंदर उपहार लाई हूं।” “तुमने अपने बाल कटवा दिए ?” जिम ने पूछा,
मुश्किल से बोलते हुए। “हाँ, कटवा दिए और बेच दिए.” डैला ने कहा। “क्या तुम मुझे बालों के बिना भी उतना ही पसंद नहीं ? करते हो ?” जिम ने उत्सुकतापूर्वक कमरे में इधर-उधर देखा।
“तुम कहती हो तुम्हारे बाल नहीं रहे ?” उसने लगभग अविश्वास के भाव से कहा।

“तुम्हें उन्हें ढूँढने की कोई जरूरत नहीं है,” डैला ने कहा। “वे बिक चुके हैं, मैं तुम्हें बता रही हूं बिक चुके हैं और जा चुके हैं। आज क्रिसमस की पूर्व-संध्या है, जिम। मेरे प्रति अच्छे बने रहो क्योंकि मैंने वह सब तुम्हारी खातिर किया था।” अन्त में मानो जिम जाग उठा हो और समझने लगा हो। उसने डैला को. चूमा। अचानक उसे याद आया कि वह डैला के लिए भी एक उपहार लाया था। उसने अपने ओवरकोट की जेब में से एक पैकट बाहर निकाला और इसे मेज़ पर फेंक दिया।

Page – 49

“डैला, मेरे विषय में कोई ग़लत मत सोचो,” उसने कहा, “यद्यपि कुछ भी हो जाए, मैं हमेशा तुम्हें उतना ही प्यार करता रहूंगा। अब पैकेट को खोलो और तुम समझ जाओगी कि मैंने वैसा व्यवहार क्यों किया जो मैं कर रहा था।” डैला की सफ़ेद अंगुलियों ने तेज़ी से पैकेट को खोला। और फिर पहले तो प्रसन्नता-भरी एक चीख़ निकली और इसके बाद औरतों वाले आंसू बहने शुरू हो गए। क्योंकि वहां वे कंघियां पड़ी हुई थीं – कंघियों का एक सैट जिसे डैला ने ब्रॉडवे बाज़ार की एक दुकान पर खिड़की में देखा था और उन्हें बहुत पसंद किया था।

वे सुंदर कंघियां थीं, बहुत कीमती तथा अब वे उसकी थीं। किन्तु अफसोस कि वे बाल जिनमें उसने ये पहननी थीं, बिक चुके थे और जा चुके थे! डैला ने प्यार से उन कंघियों भीतर से मुस्कराई और बोली, “मेरे बाल बहुत जल्दी बढ़ आते हैं, जिम !” और तब डैला एक छोटी बिल्ली की भांति उछली और चिल्लाई, “वाह, वाह !” जिम ने अभी अपना सुंदर उपहार नहीं देखा था। डैला ने इसे उत्सुकतापूर्वक अपनी खुली हथेली पर रखकर उसकी तरफ़ बढ़ाया। “क्या यह सुंदर नहीं है, जिम ? मैंने इसे पाने के लिए पूरा शहर छान मारा। अब तुम्हें दिन में सौ बार अपनी घड़ी की तरफ़ देखना पड़ेगा। लाओ, मुझे अपनी घड़ी दो। मैं देखना चाहती हूं कि यह इस पर कैसी लगती है।”

उसका कहा मानने की बजाए, जिम सोफे पर बैठ गया, और उसने अपने हाथ अपने सिर के पीछे रख लिए और मुस्कराया। “डैल,” उसने कहा, “आओ, हम अपने-अपने क्रिसमस उपहार एक तरफ़ रख दें और थोड़ी देर के लिए इन्हें पड़ा रहने दें। वे इतने अच्छे हैं कि उनका प्रयोग वर्तमान में अभी नहीं किया जा सकता। तुम्हारी कंघियां खरीदने के लिए पैसे प्राप्त करने को मैंने घड़ी बेच दी। और अब कृपया खाना तैयार कर दो।”

 

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes Important Questions and Answers.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are the kinds of heterotrophic organisms on the basis of nutrition?
Answer:
Heterotrophic nutrition is a mode of nutrition in which organisms obtain readymade organic food from outside source. The organisms that depend upon outside sources for obtaining organic nutrients are called heterotrophs. It is a characteristic feature of all animals and non-green plants, that are unable to utilize carbon and synthesi s organic compounds necessary for life, but depends upon organic sources of carbon. They are thus dependent upon autotrophic organisms (Plants) and are called as heterotrophs.

It is of the following types :

  • Saprophytic nutrition: In this type of nutrition, an organism lives upon dead organic sources such as dead plants and dead animals. These usually secrete dissolving and digesting enzymes and absorb the liquefied molecules so formed e.g. yeast, bread moulds and dung moulds etc.
  • Parasitic nutrition: In this type of nutrition, an organism lives totally at the expense of others and derives its food material and shelter from the other .These organisms which derive food material are called parasites and the organism from which food is derived is called as host. This type of nutrition is termed as parasitic or holozoic nutrition: It is also known as parasite-host relationship e.g. Cuscuta, Ascaris etc.
  • Holozoic nutrition. It is a mode of heterotrophic nutrition which involves intake of solid pieces of food. Since solid food is taken in, Holozoic nutrition is also called ingestive nutrition. Holozoic nutrition (GK. “Holo”-Whole; “Zoon”-Animal) is found in animals and protists. The food may consist of another animal, plant or its parts.

Depending upon the source of food, holozoic organisms are of three types :

  1. Herbivores: These organisms obtain their food from plants e.g. cow, rat, deer and goat etc.
  2. Carnivores: These organisms take the flesh of other organisms as their food e.g. tiger, cheetah, snake, eagle etc.
  3. Omnivores: These can feed on plants and flesh of other organisms e.g. human, cockroach, crow etc.

Question 2.
What is photosynthesis? Describe the significance of photo-synthesis.
Answer:
Photosynthesis (Photos-Light, Synthesis-putting together) may be defined as an anabolic process in which green plants manufacture complex organic food substances (carbohydrate) from simple inorganic compounds like carbon dioxide and wrater in presence of sunlight with the aid of chlorophyll and evolve out oxygen as a byproduct of the process. Thus photosynthesis is a process in which radiant energy is converted into chemical energy
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 1
In other words photosynthesis is a series of oxidation- reduction reaction in which CO2 is reduced and H2O is oxidized to produce carbohydrates and oxygen.

  • Chloroplasts are the actual sites for photosynthesis.
  • All green parts of a plant are involved in photosynthesis.
  • Leaves are the most important organs of photosynthesis.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 2
Section of Leaf showing site of photosynthesis

Significance of photosynthesis:

  • Photosynthesis is a source of all our food and fuel. It is the only biological process that acts as the driving vital force for the whole animal kingdom and for the non-photosynthetic organisms.
  • It drives all other processes of biological and abio- logical world. It is responsible for the growth and sustenance of our biosphere.
  • It provides organic substances, which are used in the production of fats, proteins, nucleoproteins, pigments, enzymes, vitamins, cellulose, organic acids, etc. Some of them become structural parts of the organisms.
  • It makes use of simple raw materials such as CO2, H2O and inexhaustible light energy for the synthesis of energetic organic compounds.
  • It is significant because it provides energy in terms of fossil fuels like coal and petrol obtained from plants, which lived millions and millions of years ago.
  • Plants, from great trees to microscopic algae, are engaged in converting light energy into chemical energy, while man with all his knowledge in chemistry and physics cannot imitate them.

Question 3.
Which organelle is responsible for photosynthesis? Describe the role of chlorophyll.
Answer:
Chloroplast is the organelle responsible for photosynthesis. Chloroplasts contain green pigment called as chlorophyll. Photosynthetic pigments occur in the granum. They constitute the pigment system called photosystem. About 250 to 400 pigment molecules are present in a photosystem.

The primary function of photosystems is to trap light energy and converts it to chemical energy.

  • Chloroplast was discovered by Schimper.
  • Number of chloroplasts is variable in different species of plants.
  • In lower plants like algae they are 1 or 2 number.
  • In higher plants their number varies from 40 -100 per palisade cell or more.
  • Chloroplasts also have variable shapes, for example cup-shaped, ribbon-shaped etc. in algae while it is discoidal in higher plants.

A typical structure of chloroplast is a double membranous structure having two parts.

  • Grana: It is a lamellar system consisting of stacks of granum lamella each bounded by a membranous box called as thylakoid. They are 40 – 60 per cell. Number of thylakoids per grana is 50 or more. Chlorophyll molecules are found inside the thylakoid membrane where they trap solar energy in the form of small energy packets called ‘photon’ or ‘quanta’. Grana are interconnected to each other by a channel called as stroma lamellae or Fret’s channel.
  • Stroma: It is a non-pigmented proteinaceous matrix in which grana remain embedded. It contains enzymes for dark reaction.
  • Mechanism of Photosynthesis: Photosynthesis is formation of organic food from carbon dioxide and water with the help of sunlight inside chlorophyll containing cells. Oxygen is produced as by-products.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 3
Oxygen comes from water. Hydrogen of water is used to reduce carbon dioxide to form carbohydrate.

Photosynthesis occurs in two main steps:

  • The first step is dependent upon light and the second step is not dependent upon light. Hence, the former is called light reaction or photochemical phase while the latter, the dark reaction or biosynthetic phase of photosynthesis.
  • Water is split up during photosynthesis by the process called photolysis. It provides reductant for carbon dioxide. Oxygen is liberated. All the liberated oxygen, therefore, comes from water.
  • The photolysis of water in photosynthesis was discovered by Hill and hence it is also known as Hill reaction.
  • The light reaction of photosynthesis is followed by the dark reaction. In this, CO2 is first fixed by ribulose diphosphate and from this fixed CO2 phosphoglyceric acid is formed. The phosphoglyceric acid thus formed ultimately forms carbohydrates.
  • The basic organic compound formed in photosynthesis is often considered to be glucose. The storage product of plants is commonly starch.
  • A chemical equation of photosynthesis is

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 4
In plants and most algae it occurs in the chloroplasts i.e., light reaction and dark reaction.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 4.
Discuss the steps of light reaction and dark reaction.
Answer:
Steps of light reaction.
Two main steps of light reaction are :
(a) Photolysis of water
(b) Conversion of fight energy into chemical energy.

  • Light reaction takes places in the thylakoid membranes and the intergranal lamellae of the chloroplast in the presence of fight.
  • Two photosystems (PSI and PSII) work in a coordinated manner.
  • H2O splits into H+ and OH.
  • H+ is used to reduce NADP to NADPH2 which is used in dark reaction.
  • Photophosphorylation takes place in two ways—cyclic and non-cyclic.
  • Light energy is converted into chemical energy.
  • The end-products are ATP and NADPH2.
  • As a result of photolysis of water, oxygen is evolved as a by-product.
    4H2O → 4 OH + 4 H+
    4 OH + 4e → 4 OH
    OH → 2H2O + O2

Summary of dark reaction :

  • Dark reaction takes place in the stroma of the living chloroplast.
  • Atmospheric CO2 is absorbed.
  • The end products of fight reaction (ATP and NADPH2) are also used.
  • All green plants operate C3 photosynthetic pathway. Some monocot plants like maize, sugarcane operate both C3 and C4 photosynthetic pathways.
  • First end product of photosynthesis is sugar.

Question 5.
Explain process of nutrition in Amoeba.
Answer:
Nutrition in Amoeba. Amoeba is omnivorous, i.e. it feeds on smaller animals, plants, micro-organisms and fragments of larger organisms. Nutrition is holozoic. Ingestion can occur at any place on the surface since a regular mouth is absent. Ingestion occurs through phagocytosis or engulfing the food particle in an invagination of the body. The engulfed food particle comes to fie inside a food vacuole. The latter is surrounded by a membrane.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 5
Digestion of food within food vacuole

Digestion: The digestion is intracellular and the food vacuoles act as temporary stomach for digestion.
Absorption: It occurs by diffusion and distribution takes place by cyclosis.
Assimilation: Assimilation of digested material occurs in a single cell.
Egestion: The undigested food is eliminated through the surface of the cell, where the food vacuole containing the undigested food bursts and discharges its contents to the outside.

Question 6.
Difference between the followings :
(i) Autotrophic and Heterotrophic nutrition
(ii) Herbivore and Carnivore.
Answer:
(i) Autotrophic and Heterotrophic nutrition :

Autotrophic Nutrition Heterotrophic Nutrition
1. Food is self-manufactured. 1. Food is obtained readymade from outside.
2. An external source of energy is required for synthesis of food. 2. An external source of energy is not required. The required energy is present in the food obtained from outside.
3. Inorganic substances constitute the raw materials for manufacturing food. 3. Inorganic substances are not much required.
4. Chlorophyll is present for trapping light energy. 4. Chlorophyll is absent
5. Digestion is absent. 5. An external or internal digestion is required for conversion of complex organic materials into simpler and soluble ones.
6. Organisms performing autotrophic nutrition function as producers. Examples: Green plants, some bacteria, some protists. 6. Organisms performing heterotrophic nutrition function as consumers. Animals, many protists and monerans.

(ii) Herbivore and Carnivore

Herbivore Carnivore
Animals winch cat only plants. e.g. Cow, goat etc. They feed on flesh of other animals, e.g. Lion, vulture etc.

Question 7.
Describe human alimentary canal. Draw a labelled diagram of human alimentary canal.
Or
Describe the human alimentary canal with the help of a suitable diagram.
Answer:

  • Mammalian (human) alimentary canal comprises mouth, buccal cavity, pharynx, oesophagus, stomach, small intestine (duodenum, jejunum and ileum), large intestine (caecum, colon and rectum) and anus.
  • The mouth, bounded by two lips open into oral cavity.
  • Buccal cavity contains teeth and tongue, and receives saliva from 3 pairs of salivary glands. Teeth are meant for cutting and mastication of food.
  • Pharynx: It is a vertical tube. It is a cross passage for food and air. It has uvula and epiglottis which closes the internal nares and glottis respectively during swallowing of food to ensure the passage of food into oesophagus (food pipe).
  • Oesophagus: It is a 25 cm long narrow muscular straight tube. It opens into stomach. Oesophagus propels the swallowed food into stomach.
  • Stomach: It is a sac-like structure situated in the upper part of abdominal cavity below the diaphragm. Large part of this sac is situated left of the median line.
  • Small Intestine: It is the longest part of alimentary canal. It is thin-walled and highly coiled tubular structure. It is about 3-3.5 metres long and occupies most part of abdominal cavity. It is coiled upon itself. Its inner lining is thrown into numerous villi.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 6
Human digestive system.

Large intestine: The large intestine is about 1.5 metres long. It is divided into following parts, i.e. the vermiform appendix, the colon and the rectum. Caecum is a blind tube and represented by vermiform appendix (5-8 cm) and is present below the junction of small and large intestine. Rectum is the last part and opens to the outside by anus guarded by anal sphincter.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 8.
Describe the process of digestion of food in man.
Answer:
Digestion: The process of conversion of non-diffusible form of food into the simple and diffusible form by chemical and mechanical processes in the alimentary canal is called digestion.

  • The process of digestion starts in the mouth cavity and is completed in the intestine.
  • In the mouth, food gets mixed up with saliva secreted by salivary glands.
  • Saliva contains an enzyme ptyalin (salivary amylase) which breaks polysaccharide starch into disaccharide maltose.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 7

  • The food from the mouth cavity called bolus passes into the stomach through the oesophagus.
  • The gastric glands of the stomach secrete gastric juice which contains hydrochloric acid, protein digesting
  • enzyme-pepsin Rennin, mucus and small amount of gastric lipase are also components of gastric juice.
  • Pepsin breaks down proteins into peptones and proteoses in acidic medium of stomach.
  • Rennin undies the milk.
  • Muscles present on the wall of stomach churn and propel the food called chyme forward into duodenum.
  • The digested food moves from stomach to duodenum of the small intestine.
  • Duodenum receives bile from juices from liver and pancreatic juice from pancreas.
  • The pancreatic juice contains trypsin, amylase and lipase.
  • The proteins, fats and carbohydrates are further digested into diffusible form amino acids, glycerol and fatty acids, glucose and fructose.
  • The intetinal juice consists of amylolytic, proteolytic and lipolytic enzymes.
  • Finally, the digestion is completed in the ileum with the secretion of the intestinal juice by intestinal glands.
  • Emulsion form of food called chyle is ready for absorption.

Question 9.
Name the constituents of blood and state the functions of each.
Answer:

Constituents Functions
1. Plasma, (i) Serum It contains proteins as well as organic and inorganic substances in solution.
(ii) Fibrinogen It serves to carry the nutritive and waste materials, antibodies, enzymes and hormones.
2. Red blood corpuscles (R.B.Cs.) Clotting of blood.
(Erythrocytes) They help to transport oxygen.
3. White blood corpuscles (W.B.Cs) They help to defend our body against bacteria, as well as the toxins which these organisms may produce. They also help to remove useless dead tissues from the blood.
4. Blood Platelets or Thrombocytes They play a vey important role in bringing about the coagulation of blood.

Question 10.
State the functions of blood.
Answer:
Blood performs a number of functions in the body, the most important of which are as follows :

  • Blood supplies nutrients and oxygen to various organs and cells of the body.
  • It carries the waste matter formed in the cells to the excretory organs.
  • It regulates the temperature of the body.
  • It supplies hormones to different parts of the body.
  • It prevents the body from various diseases by destroying the pathogenic germs.
  • It prevents excessive loss of nutrients from cuts and wound by forming a clot.

Question 11.
Describe the structure of human heart.
Answer:
Heart.

  • It is a highly efficient, pumping organ of body. Human heart consists of 4 chambers: upper smaller right and left atria (auricles) with thinner wall and lower larger right and left ventricles with thicker walls.
  • Atria open into the respective ventricles by atrioventricular apertures guarded by atrioventricular valves.
  • The two atria are separated from each other by interatrial septum, and the two ventricles are separated from each other by interventricular septum.
  • The sinoatrial node (SAN) or the pacemaker is located in the upper wall of right atrium.

Valves of the heart.
Valves are muscular flaps which prevent the blood to flow back through it. Two types of heart valves are distinguished :

  1. The Atrioventicular valves: These valves separate the atria from the ventricles. The right side of the heart possesses the tricuspid valve or right atrioventricular valve and the left side of the heart possesses the bicuspid or mitral valve.
  2. Semilunar valves: These are located in the arteries leaving the heart. The pocket-shaped pulmonary semilunar valves lies in the opening where the pulmonary trunk leaves the right ventricle and aortic semilunar valve lies at the opening between the left ventricle and aorta.

Question 12.
Draw Human heart and label its parts.
Or
Draw a sectional view of the human heart and label on it, Aorta, Right Ventricle and Pulmonary veins.
Answer:
Human Heart
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 8
V.S. of Human heart.

Question 13.
Explain respiratory system of human.
Answer:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 9
Human respiratory system

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 14.
Describe the mechanism of breathing in human beings.
Answer:
Mechanism of breathing
Breathing. It is simply inhaling fresh air rich in oxygen and exhaling foul air rich in carbon dioxide. Respiratory system of man consists of :

  1. Respiratory tract.
  2. Respiratory organs (lungs).

Respiratory tract. It is the tract or the path through which fresh air enters the body reaches the lungs and foul air (rich in CO2) leaves the lungs to come out. It consists of Nasal cavity → Pharynx → Larynx → Trachea → Bronchi → Bronchioles → Alveoli (of Lungs).
Breathing is accomplished through changes in size and air pressure of chest cavity. It involves Inspiration and Expiration.

Inspiration:
Intake of fresh air is called inspiration. It occurs when the chest cavity is increased in size and therefore decrease in pressure.

Expiration:
The expulsion of foul air (rich in CO2) from lungs is called expiration. It results when the chest cavity is reduced in size.

Question 15.
Draw a well labelled diagram of human excretory system.
Answer:
Human Excretory System.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 10
Human excretory system.

Question 16.
Describe the structure of human urinary system.
Answer:
The urinary system consists of the following :

  1. Kidneys
  2. Ureters
  3. Urinary bladder
  4. Urethra.

1. Kidneys: The kidneys are a pair of bean-shaped delicate organs. They are situated one on each side of the mid-dorsal line of the abdominal cavity, just below the level of the stomach.

2. Ureters: They are two tubes about 30 cm long, emerging from each kidney with the pelvis of which they are continuous. The ureters run downwards and inwards and open into the urinary bladder.

3. Urinary bladder: It serves as a reservoir for the urine. It is a hollow muscular organ lined by stratified epithelium. Its average capacity for storage is about 500 mm. It is situated in the cavity of the pelvis just behind the pubic symphysis.

4. Urethra: The urethra in two sexes differ. The male urethra is about 20 cm in length. The female urethra is a short duct of about 4 cm long and it extends from the urinary bladder to the external urethra orifice which is in the vestibule just above and anterior to the vaginal orifice.

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
What are life processes?
Answer:
Life processes: Every living organisms takes food, derives energy, removes wagte materials from their bodies and responds to changes in their environment. These activities are called life processes. In all living organisms there occur the basic life processes such as nutrition, respiration, transportation, excretion and reproduction, which are necessary for survival.

Question 2.
What is nutrition? Briefly explain the two major kinds of nutrition.
Or
Define autotrophic nutrition.
Answer:
Nutrition: All living organisms need matter to build up the body and energy to operate the metabolic reaction that sustains life. The materials which provide these two primary requirements of life are called nutrients or foods. The sum total of processes by which organisms obtain matter and energy is termed nutrition.

Modes of Nutrition:
1. Autotrophic or Holophytic nutrition: All green plants and certain protozoans (Euglena) have evolved a mechanism to directly use the energy7 of sunlight for preparing organic food in their own body from simple raw materials i.e. C02 and H20. These simple inorganic materials are transformed into glucose and oxygen is evolved.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 11
2. Heterotrophic Nutrition: Animal, fungi, (Amoeba) and many bacteria cannot utilize solar energy. They use chemical bond-energy of organic molecules synthesized by other organisms in building their own organic molecules. Such a mode of feeding is termed as heterotrophic nutrition, and the organisms having it are called heterotrophs.

It is of three types :

  1. Saprophytic
  2. Parasitic
  3. Holozoic.

Question 3.
Write a note on saprophytic nutrition.
Answer:
Saprophytic nutrition (Sapros = rotten; phyton = plant) It this organism releases some juices to soften or digest the food and then absorbs the nutrient. Thus they decompose the dead organic matter into simpler substance. Fungi (yeast, moulds, mushrooms) and many bacteria are saprophytic in nutrition.

The saprophytic mode of nutrition can best be exemplified by the common bread mould, Rhizopus. It converts the complex organic food materials of bread i.e. starch into soluble sugars with the help of starch digesting enzymes. These soluble sugars are then absorbed by the fungus.

Question 4.
Explain the two main steps of photosynthesis.
Answer:
Photosynthesis occurs in two main steps.

  • The first step is dependent upon light and the second step is not dependent upon light. Hence, the former is called light reaction or photochemical phase while the latter, the dark reaction or biosynthetic phase of photosynthesis.
  • Water is split up during photosynthesis by the process called photolysis. It provides reductant for carbon dioxide. Oxygen is liberated. All the liberated oxygen, therefore, comes from water.
  • The photolysis of water in photosynthesis was discovered by Hill and hence it is also known as Hill reaction.
  • The light reaction of photosynthesis is followed by the dark reaction. In this, CO2 is first fixed by ribulose diphosphate and from this fixed CO2 phosphoglyceric acid is formed. The phosphoglyceric acid thus formed ultimately forms carbohydrates.
  • The basic organic compound formed in photosynthesis is often considered to be glucose. The storage product of plants is commonly starch.
  • A chemical equation of photosynthesis is

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 12
In plants and most algae it occurs in the chloroplasts i.e., light reaction and dark reaction.

Question 5.
Give a brief account of factors affecting the process of photosynthesis.
Answer:
Factors affecting the process of photosynthesis.

  • Temperature: The rate of photosynthesis increases with increase in temperature upto a maximum of 35°C. However, the rate starts decreasing if the temperature rises beyond 30°C.
  • Water: The rate of photosynthesis is slow in water-deficient conditions.
  • Carbon dioxide: The rate of photosynthesis increases with an increase in carbon dioxide concentration upto a certain level, beyond which there is no effect on the rate of photosynthesis.
  • Anatomy of leaf
  • Chlorophyll contents.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 6.
What are stomata? Explain role in respiration.
Or
How respiration takes place in roots and stems in plants?
Answer:
Respiration in plants. Plants, during the process of photosynthesis, give off oxygen which is utilized during respiration.

Plant respiration occurs at slower rate.

  • In the leaves Stomata are the openings located on the surface of the leaves which are guarded by two kidney-shaped guard cells. Through stomatal opening, air can pass into or out of leaves.
  • In woody stems. Lenticelo are the breathing pores located on the surface of the woody stems through which air can pass. Plants do not have any specialised ventilation mechanism.
  • In roots. Roots take up oxygen present in between particles through root hairs by diffusion. Root hairs are simple extensions of epidermal cells of root in contact with soil.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 13
In the older parts of roots: Older portions of root hairs lacks root hairs. They are covered with protective layer of dead cells having very small openings called lenticels through which gaseous exchange take place between soil and inner living cell.

Question 7.
Demonstrate with experiment that O2 is evolved during photosynthesis.
Answer:
Take a beaker filled with water. Add a pinch of baking soda (NaHCO3) to it and put a Hydrilla plant (Aquatic plant) in it. Cover the plant with a funnel. Invert a test tube containing water over the stem of the funnel. Keep this apparatus in the bright sunlight. After some time bubbles start emerging out from the plant, which gets collected in the upper part of the test tube. Remove the test tube and test the gas with a lighted splinter, it keeps on glowing showing that the gas is a supporter of combustion. Thus, the experiment clearly shows that O2 is evolved during photosynthesis.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 14

Question 8.
To demonstrate that photosynthesis take place in the presence of chlorophyll
Procedure :

  • Take a potted plant with variegated leaves-for example, money plant or crotons.
  • Keep the plant in a dark room for three days so that all the starch gets used up.
  • Now keep the plant in the sunlight for about six hours.
  • Pluck a leaf from the plant. Mark the green areas in it and trace them on a sheet of paper.
  • Dip the leaf in boiling water for a few minutes.
  • After this immerse it in a beaker containing alcohol.
  • Carefully place the above beaker in a water-bath and heat till the alcohol begins to boil.
  • What happens to the colour of the leaf? What is the colour of the solution?
  • Now dip the leaf in a dilute solution of iodine for a few minutes.
  • Take out the leaf and rinse off the iodine solution.
  • Observe the colour of the leaf and compare this with the tracing of the leaf done in the beginning (Fig.).

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 15
What can you conclude about the presence of starch in various areas of the leaf?

  • Observation and Conclusion: Only green patches of variegated leaf take on blue colour. Other parts remain unchanged.
  • Photosynthesis take place only in chlorophyll-containing patches of leaf.

Question 9.
To demonstrate that CO2 necessary for photosynthesis.
Answer:
Procedure:

  • Take two healthy potted plants which are nearly of the same size.
  • Keep them in a dark room for three days.
  • Now place each plant on separate glass plates. Place a watch-glass containing potassium hydroxide by the side of one of the plants.

The potassium hydroxide is used to absorb carbon dioxide.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 16
Experimetal set-up (a) with potassium hydroxide (b) without potassium hydroxide

  • Cover both the plants with separate bell-jars as shown in Figure.
  • Use vaseline to seal the bottom of the jars to the glass plates so that the set-up is air-tight.
  • Keep the plants in sunlight for about two hours.
  • Pluck a leaf from each plant and check for the presence of starch as in the above activity.
  • Do both the leaves show the presence of the same amount of starch?

What can you conclude from this activity?
Observation and Conclusion. The plant containing CO2 in the surrounding carry out photosynthesis. Other plant does not. It proves that CO2 is essential for photosynthesis.

Question 10.
Demonstrate with experiment that light is essential for photosynthesis.
Answer:
Take a de-starched potted plant, which has been kept in dark for 3 to 4 days. Cover one of its leaves completely with a carbon paper so that no light falls on it. Keep the plant in light for 4 to 6 hours. Test the covered leaf and uncovered leaf for starch with iodine test. The covered leaf will show negligible amount of starch, while the uncovered leaf will give positive test for starch. The process clearly shows that light is necessary for photosynthesis.

Question 11.
How is respiration different from breathing?
Answer:
Differences between Breathing and Respiration

Breathing Respiration
1. It is ventilation or bringing in of oxygenated air and giving out deoxygenated air. 1. Respiration of animals includes breathing, gaseous exchange and catabolic breakdown of food.
2. It is a physical process. 2. Respiration is both a physical and physiological process.
3. Breathing does not liberate energy. 3. It liberates energy.
4. It is restricted to organs where gaseous exchange occurs between blood and atmospheric air. 4. Respiration involves every living ceil of the body.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 12.
List three differences between respiration in plants and respiration in animals.
Answer:
Differences in respiration in plants and animals

Respiration in plants Respiration in animals
1. All the cells of plant parts (root, stem, leaves) perform the respiration individually. 1. It is performed by specific respiratory organs for all the cells of body.
2. There is little transport of gases from one part to the other. 2. Transport of gases is maximum.
3. Rate of respiration is low. 3. Rate of respiration is high.

Question 13.
What is the function of epiglottis?
Answer:
Epiglottis is a flap like structure present at the top of glottis. It closes glottis during swallowing of food thus checks the entry of food into respiratory passage.

Question 14.
Why is food necessary for living organisms?
Answer:
Food provide energy to raw materials for growth and maintenance.

Utility of components of food.

  • Carbohydrates are mainly used for producing energy.
  • Fats serve as stored concentrated fuel for energy production.
  • Proteins are mainly used to build up tissues.
  • Mineral salts and vitamins regulate metabolic processes and growth.
  • Water is essential for all biological activities.

Question 15.
Explain the mechanism of breathing in human.
Answer:
Inhalation or Inspiration

  • The entry of air from outside into alveoli of lungs through respiratory tract is called inhalation.
  • The air enters when thoracic cavity expands due to contraction of intercostal muscles attached to ribs and peripheral muscles of the diaphragm.
  • Thus the thorax moves upward, outward and forward.
  • It increases the volume of thoracic cavity and the pressure decreases.
  • Thus air from outside rushes into alveoli of lungs through nostrils, nasal chambers, trachea, bronchi and bronchioles.
  • The alveolar sac gets filled with oxygen rich air.

Exhalation or Expiration is concerned with the expelling of carbon dioxide from lungs.

  • It takes place when the volume of the thoracic cavity decreases and the pressure of the contained air in the thoracic cavity increases.
  • Air passes out through the respiratory tract from the lungs.

Question 16.
What is the effect of sternuos exercise on rate of breathing and why?
Answer:
Normally man breathes about 15-18 times per minute but during hard exercise the breathing rate increases to 20 to 25 times per minute. It is due to the fact that body needs more of energy thus requires more of oxygen.

Question 17.
Give an outline of Calvin-Benson Cycle.
Answer:
Melvin Calvin and Andy Benson discovered this cycle, hence it is called Calvin cycle.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 17
Calvin-Benson Cycle

Question 18.
Label the parts in the figure.
Answer:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 18
Answer:

  1. Pseudopodium
  2. Food particle
  3. Ingestion
  4. Food Vacuole
  5. Waste
  6. Digestion of food.

Question 19.
Describe the role of intestinal juice.
Answer:
Intestinal juice too is alkaline (pH 8.3).

It has many enzymes :

  • Intestinal amylase hydrolyses the remaining starch and glycogen to maltose.
  • Maltase changes maltose to glucose.
  • Sucrase converts sucrose into glucose and fructose.
  • Lactase hydrolyses lactose to glucose and fructose.
  • Dipeptidases hydrolyse dipeptides to amino acids.
  • Intestinal lipase splits emulsified fats into fatty acids and glycerol.
  • Alkaline emulsion of digestion products formed in the small intestine is called chyle.

Question 20.
Explain absorption of food in the small intestine.
Answer:
Absorption. The process of diffusion of digested food into blood present in the blood capillaries of smail intestine is called absorption. Inner lining is thrown in fold called villi. They increase surface area for absorption of food.
Glucose, amino acid, vitamins, mineral salts and water diffuses into blood present in blood capillaries of numerous villi of the small intestine. The fatty acids and glycerol diffuses into lymph present in lymph vessels called lacteals. The digested food is carried to the liver by the hepatic portal vein. The fatty acid and glycerol unite in lymph to form fat. Most of the fat passes as a milky emulsion. After absorption, the undigested- food passes into large intestine.

Question 21.
State the functions of stomach and large intestine.
Functions of Stomach
Answer:

  • Storage of food.
  • Mechanical breakdown of food.
  • Partial digestion of food.

Functions of large intestine
Colon:

  • Its wall absorbs the water from undigested food.
  • Absorption of digested food also takes place in this region which has not been absorbed by ileum.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 22.
Differentiate the following :
Respiration and Photosynthesis
Answer:
Differences between Respiration and Photosynthesis

Respiration Photosynthesis
1. It is a catabolic process in which food substrates are broken down. 1. It is an anabolic process in which food substrates are synthesized.
2. It takes place in all living cells. 2. It is carried out only by the chlorophyll containing cells of plants.
3. CO2 and H2O are produced. 3. CO2 and H2O are used.
4. CO2 is given out. 4. O2 is released as a byproduct.
5. Chemical energy is converted into ATP and some energy is lost as heat. 5. Radiant energy’of light is converted into 1 chemical energy.

Question 23.
What is fermentation? How is it important?
Answer:
The slow decomposition of organic matter into simpler substances in the presence of enzymes is known as fermentation. It is a type of anaerobic respiration. Fermentation literally means a chemical change accompanied by effervescence. The anaerobic breakdown of glucose to carbon dioxide and ethanol is a form of respiration referred to fermentation. It is normally carried by yeast cells and accounts for the production of alcohol in alcoholic bevefages. In fermentation process, if glucose is converted into ethanol then it is called ethanolic fermentation. When glucose is converted into organic acids such as lactic acid, then this type of fermentation is known as lactic acid fermentation. It is carried out by the bacterium Bacillus acidilacti.

Question 24.
Briefly explain the human respiratory system and also label the parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 3 and 6.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 19
Answer:
Human Respiratory System. Respiratory system of human beings and other mammals consists of air passage or respiratory tract, a pair of lungs.

Respiratory tract is made up of nostrils nasal cavity, pharynx, larynx, trachea and bronchi.

  1. Left Lung
  2. Heart
  3. Diaphragm
  4. Trachea
  5. Larynx
  6. Nasal Cavity

The lungs are a pair of brownish grey coloured spongy structures situated in the thoracic cavity. The left lung consists of two lobes while the right lung consists of three lobes.

Each lobule of a lung consists of bronchioles which terminate into a bunch of spherical thin walled air sacs, called alveoli.

Each alveolus or air sac has a diameter of 75 to 300 microns and has a very thin wall. The walls of the alveoli are elastic and are supplied with capillaries. Gases are exchanged between the capillaries and the air sacs through these thin walls.

Question 25.
What are the different modes of respiration in animals?
Answer:
In animals such as earthworm, respiration is by skin.

  • The insects have an elaborate tracheal system of respiration.
  • Fishes respire through gills.
  • Respiratory system of human beings and other mammals consists of air passage or Respiratory tract, and a pair of lungs.
  • Respiratory tract is made up of nasal cavity, pharynx, larynx, trachea and bronchi. The lungs are a pair of brownish grey coloured spongy structures situated in the thoracic cavity.
  • The left lung consists of two lobes while the right lung consists of three lobes.
  • Each lobule of a lung consists of bronchioles which terminate into a bunch of spherical thin-walled air sacs, called alveoli.

Question 26.
Differentiate between respiration and combustion.
Answer:
Difference between respiration and combustion.

Respiration Combustion
1. It occurs in living cells. 1. It occurs in non living and dead cells.
2. It is a complex biochemical process controlled by several enzymes. 2. It is a chemical process.
3. Heat produced is much less. 3. A large amount of heat is produced.
4. There is no flame or light produced. 4. This process is usually accompanied with flame and light.

Question 27.
What are parasitic nutrition?
Answer:
Parasitic nutrition (Para = besides ; sitos = food). In this an organism (parasite) depends upon the organism (host) for its nutritional requirements. Many bacteria, viruses, fungi, some non-green plants and many animals have this mode of nutrition.

For example, a fungus Puccinia is a parasite on wheat and barberry plants; Cuscuta or dodder plant grows as a parasite on many plants; tapeworms and round worms are parasites in the body of man etc.

Parasites are of two kinds :

  1. Ectoparasites and
  2. Endoparasites

Question 28.
Differentiate between Light reaction and Dark reaction in photosynthesis.
Answer:
Difference between light reaction and Dark reaction

Light reaction Dark reaction
1. Light reaction is light induced chemical reaction. 1. Dark reaction requires no light and is purely enzyme controlled reaction.
2. Energy rich compounds like ATP and NADPH2 are synthesized. 2. The energy rich compounds are used to produce the organic compounds.
3. Oxygen is liberated. 3. No liberation of oxygen.
4. It takes place in the grana of the chloroplasts. 4. It takes place in the stroma of chloroplasts.

Question 29.
What are the functions of liver?
Answer:
Functions of liver

  1. Role in digestion. Bile produced by liver helps in the digestion of food as follows.
    • It emulsifies the fats with its salts.
    • It prevents decomposition of food by checking the growth of bacteria.
    • It neutralizes the acid coming from the stomach along with food and provide alkaline medium in the intestine required for action of enzymes of pancreas and intestinal glands.
  2. Regulation of Blood Sugar: The liver separates the excess of sugar from the blood and stores it in its cells as glycogen (animals starch).
  3. Formation of Glycogen from non-carbohydrates Sources.
  4. Deamination: In the liver, the amino acids coming from the alimentary canal are sorted out, ammonia is formed. Ammonia is converted to less toxic urea.
  5. Excretion: Liver collects haemoglobin of the worn-out red blood corpuscles and changes it into bile pigments.

Question 30.
Differentiate between Saprophytic and Parasitic nutrition.
Answer:

Saprotrophic Nutrition Parasitic nutrition
Many organisms absorb fluid food through the body surface. This is called saprotrophic nutrition. Bacteria and fungi flourish on dead, decaying organic matter of both plant and animal origin. They secrete digestive enzymes onto this matter. The enzymes hydrolyze the organic matter into simple soluble products that are then absorbed. This method of taking up organic food is known as saprophytic nutrition. The organisms obtain nutrients from a living host without helping it any way.
Examples. Liver fluke lives in the bile duct of sheep and absorbs nutrient. Other examples include several fungi, bacteria and a few higher non-green plants such a cuscuta.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 31.
Discuss the fate of food in the oral cavity of man.
Answer:
Fate of food in mouth cavity. The partial digestion of food occurs due to the action of Ptyalin enzyme. It acts on starches and forms maltose.
The sufficiently masticated, partially digested food forms bolus. It is swallowed into oesophagus through gullet by raising the throat aided by the muscles of pharynx.

Question 32.
What is a digestive gland? Name the various digestive glands of man and their secretions.
Answer:
Digestive gland. A gland that secretes digestive juice which is helpful in the digestion of food is called a digestive gland.

Digestive glands of Man

Name of digestive gland Name of digestive juice/Secretion
1. Salivary gland Saliva
2. Gastric glands Gastric juice
3. Pancreas Pancreatic juice
4. Liver Bile
5. Intestinal glands Intestinal juice

Question 33.
Write the enzymes of the pancreatic juice, the substrates they digest and the products of their digestive action.
Answer:
Enzymes of the pancreatic juice

Name of Enzyme Substrate Name of end products
1. Amylase Starch, glycogen Maltose and Isomaltose
2. Trypsin Proteoses, Peptones and Proteins Peptides and amino acid
3. Lipase Emulsified lipids Glycerol and fatty acids

Question 34.
What is meant by photosynthesis? What are the basic requirements for the process of photosynthesis?
Answer:
The manufacture of organic compounds from carbon dioxide and water in the presence of sunlight inside the chlorophyll containing cells of the plant is called photosynthesis. The overall reaction of photosynthesis is
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 20
Basic requirements for photosynthesis. CO2, water, chlorophyll and solar energy. Photosynthesis is a photo-biochemical process in which energy rich compounds such as carbohydrates (glucose) are synthesized from simple inorganic compounds like CO2 and water in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll. Oxygen is a by-product.

Question 35.
What are the different ways in which glucose is oxidized to provide energy in various organisms?
Answer:
Breaking down of glucose involves two step process. In the first step, it is broken into three carbon molecule called pyruvate. The pyruvate is further broken down into energy in following different ways in various organisms :

  • Aerobic Respiration: In this case, pyruvate is broken down into water and carbon dioxide along with release of energy. It commonly occurs in mitochondria of cells.
  • Anaerobic Respiration in Yeast: In yeast cells during fermentation pyruvate is converted into ethanol and carbon dioxide in the absence of oxygen.
  • Anaerobic Respiration in Muscles: Due to lack of oxygen, e.g. during vigorous running or exercise, in human muscles, pyruvate is converted into lactic acid.

Question 36.
Explain how exchange of materials takes place between Blood and Tissues.
Answer:
Arteries supply fresh blood with 02 and food materials to different body organs. Inside the body organ the artery divides into smaller branches called arterioles. The arterioles further divide into extremely thin walled blood capillaries. The blood capillaries form an extensive network inside the body organ. They make their way through the tissue cells. Blood plasma along with the dissolved materials comes out of the thin walls of the blood capillaries and collects into the tissue. It is then called tissue fluid, which acts as an intermediate medium between blood and tissue cells.

The tissue fluid contains different materials such as oxygen, amino acids, glucose, mineral ions and proteins etc. which are needed by the body cells. The body cells take up the required materials from the tissue fluid and release their wastes such as C02 and nitrogenous wastes. These enter through the blood capillary wall and dissolve into the blood plasma or enter into the red blood cells and are carried away.

Question 37.
Outline inhalation-exhalation cycle.
Answer:

  • Inhalation: Lowering of diaphragm → Rising of rib cage → Gas (O2) passes to Alveoli
  • Exhalation: Air is forced out → Rising of diaphragm → Lowering of ribcage

Question 38.
Leaves of a healthy potted plant are coated with vaseline to block the stomata. Will this plant remain healthy for long? State three reasons to support your answer.
Answer:
No, the plant will not remain healthy because no exchange of gases will take place. It will lead to :

  • low respiration
  • no photosynthesis occurs
  • no transpiration.

Hence plant will not remain healthy and may die eventually.

Question 39.
What are
(i) stomata and
Answer:
Stomata are tiny apertures found on the surface of the leaf, which regulate the exchange of respiratory gases and transpiration.

(ii) lenticels?
Answer:
Lenticels are the raised pores in the woody plants that allow the exchange of gases between the atmosphere and the internal tissues.

Question 40.
Briefly explain breathing, external resperation exchange of gases and tissue resperation.
Answer:

  • Breathing involves inhaling of oxygen rich fresh air and exhaling of carbon dioxide rich foul air. The respiratory surface is richly supplied with blood for this purpose. Oxygen of the inhaled air is taken up by blood while carbon dioxide of the blood passes into the air for exhalation.
  • The exchange of gases between the blood and the air at the respiratory surface is. known as external respiration.
  • Oxygen absorbed by the blood at the respiratory surface is taken to various parts of the body through arteries. Blood loses the oxygen contained in it to tissue fluid, from where it picks up carbon dioxide. The latter is brought to the respiratory surface by blood.
  • Tissue respiration, also called internal respiration, is the exchange of gases between the tissue cells and the blood involving uptake of oxygen by tissue cells, oxidation of respiratory substrate and elimination of carbon dioxide by the cells.

Question 41.
Why is mitochondria termed ‘power house’ of the cell?
Answer:

  • Most of the aerobic respiration occurs inside the mitochondria and therefore, the latter are also called power houses of the cells.
  • Mitochondria are site of synthesis, storage and transport of ATP.
  • ATP (Adenosine triphosphate) is the energy currency of the living organisms.
  • Adenosine triphosphate. The energy released during cellular respiration is immediately used to synthesise a molecule called ATP from ADP and inorganic phosphate

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 21
ATP is used to fuel all other activities in the cell. Therefore, it is said to be the energy currency for . most cellular processes.

Question 42.
The figure shows different ways in which glucose is oxidised to provide energy in various organisms?
Fill up the blanks : A _________ B _________ C _________, D. _________ E _________ F _________
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 22
Answer:
Different pathways to provide energy from glucose
A. glucose
B. Pyruvate
C. Absence of Oxygen
D. Presence of oxygen
E. Lactic Acid F. Carbondioxide

Question 43.
Fill in the blanks 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 in the figure.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 23
Double circulation of blood in birds and mammals.
Answer:

  1. Right vetricle
  2. Lungs
  3. Left Auricle
  4. Left Ventricle
  5. Body parts (except Lungs)
  6. Right Auricle

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 44.
State differences between artery and vein.
Answer:
Differences between Artery and Vein

Artery Vein
1. An artery carries blood from the heart to different organs of the body. 1. A vein collects blood from different organs of the body and brings it back to the heart.
2. Blood flows under great pressure. 2. Blood flows under less pressure.
3. It has a thick muscular wall. 3. Wall is thin
4. It is non collapsible. 4. It is collapsible.
5. It contains oxygenated blood (Exception pulmonary artery). 5. It contains deoxygenated blood (Exception pulmonary vein)
6. Valves are absent. 6. Valves are present.
7. Mostly deep seated. 7. Mostly superficial.

Question 45.
Why are WBCs called ‘soldiers of the body’?
Answer:
WBC (White Blood Corpuscles) or leucocytes engulf and destroy the foreign particles in the body. Hence they are called ‘soldiers of the body.’

Question 46.
What are hypertension and hypotension?
Answer:
Hypertension. It is the high blood pressure which is caused due to emotions such as worry, excitement, fear etc.
Hypotension. It is the low blood pressure when it falls below the normal level.

Question 47.
Name the three major types of blood vessels. Explain briefly.
Answer:
The three main types of blood vessels are :

  • Arteries have thick elastic walls and their diameter may be even 1 cm. These blood vessels carry the blood from the heart to the various parts of the body.
  • Capillaries. Arteries divide into thin arterioles and arterioles further ramify into capillaries (1 micron diameter). The wall of a capillary is made up of a single layer of cells. The muscles and elastic fibres are absent in the capillaries. The walls of these capillaries are so thin that the exchange of food materials, waste materials and gases takes place between the blood and protoplasm of cells (liver, lung etc.) through them.
  • Veins. The capillaries again reunite to form venules and venules unite to form veins. These venules and veins return the blood to the heart.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 24
Diagram showing the relationship among blood vessels

Question 48.
Write a note on lymphatic system in human beings.
Answer:
Lymphatic system: The lymphatic system comprises colourless fluid, the lymph; a network of fine channels, the lymphatic capillaries; tubes of varied sizes, the lymphatic vessels; and the lymph nodes. Tissue or interstitial fluid present in the spaces between tissue cells is formed by filtration of protein-free fluid from the blood. Tissue fluid passes into lymphatic capillaries to form lymph. The latter is carried by lymphatic vessels to the veins. Lymphatic vessels have lymph nodes which filter lymph, removing microorganisms and cellular debris and adding lymphocytes.

Question 49.
Write functions of lymph.
Answer:
Functions of lymph

  • It drains excess tissue fluid from the extracellular spaces back into the blood.
  • Some of the fluid from the digestive tract is absorbed in the lymph. The lymphatic vessels store this fluid temporarily, and release it gradually so that the kidneys do not face a sudden pressure of urine excretion.
  • It carries carbon dioxide and nitrogenous waste materials that diffuse into the tissue fluid to the blood.
  • It takes lymphocytes and antibodies from the lymph nodes to the blood.

Question 50.
Give differences between blood and lymph.
Answer:
Differences between Blood and Lymph

Blood Lymph
1. It consists of plasma, erythrocytes, leucocytes and platelets. 1. It consists of plasma and leucocytes (lymphocytes most abundant).
2. It is red in colour due to the presence of haemoglobin in erythrocytes. 2. It is colourless as haemoglobin is absent,
3. Its plasma has more proteins, calcium and phosphorus. 3. Its plasma has fewer proteins and less calcium and phosphorus.
4. It transports materials in the body. 4. It acts as middle man between blood and body tissue.

Question 51.
How are xylem and phloem well suited for transport of materials in plants? Explain.
Or
How are water and mineral transported in plants?
Answer:
Xylem and phloem are well suited to carry water, minerals and food in plants. Vessels in the xylem are cylindrical in shape with their ends open and are placed one above the other so as to form a continuous column stretching from roots to leaves. So, the water and minerals absorbed by the roots are carried upwards to the leaves. This is known as transportation.

Similarly, phloem has sieve tubes that are also cylindrical but the ends are not open instead covered with sieve (perforated) plate. These tubes are also placed one above the other, forming a continuous column from leaves to other parts of the plant body. The food synthesized in the leaves is carried to other paxts of the plant body through phloem. Sucrose is the main form in which carbohydrates are translocated in plants.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 25
Xylem vessels that transport water and mineral sahs

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 26
Phioem tubes that conduct prepared food.

Question 52.
Mention any three methods adopted by plants to minimise the transpiration rate.
Answer:
Three methods adopted by plants to minimise the rate of transpiration are :

  1. In some cases leaves are rolled to cover stomata (e.g. some grasses)
  2. The stomata may be sunken (e.g. Nerium)
  3. In some cases, leaves may be dropped or absent as in most cacti.

Question 53.
Write a short note on root pressure.
Answer:
Root pressure: During absorption, water is forced into the xylem vessels by the surrounding cortical cells with a certain force. This induces a pressure which is responsible for ascent of sap to many feet in xylem. This pressure which is developed due to the activity of root is called as root pressure.
Root pressure is a vital phenomenon and depends upon the activity of living root cells. The magnitude of root pressure varies from 2-8 atm.

Question 54.
How is transpiration useful to plants?
Answer:
Advantages of transpiration

  • It has cooling effect on the plants as excess of sun’s energy is dissipated.
  • It helps in the removal of excess of water from the plant.
  • It causes ascent of sap.
  • It helps to maintain water cycle.
  • It increases the amount of sugar and mineral content in the fruit.
  • It is needed to permit photosynthesis to take place.

Question 55.
What are the disadvantages of transpiration?
Answer:

  • More plants die from excessive water loss by transpiration.
  • Due to high rate of transpiration plants suffer from loss of turgidity.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 56.
What is translocation?
Answer:
Translocation: The long distance transport of the organic food from a source to a sink is known as translocation.

Question 57.
(a) What is blood pressure?
Answer:
Blood pressure is the force that blood exerts against the wall of a vessel. This pressure is much greater in arteries than in veins. The pressure of blood inside the artery during ventricular systole is called systolic pressure and pressure in artery during ventricular diastole is called diastolic pressure.

(b) What are normal value of systolic and diastolic blood pressure
Answer:
The normal systolic pressure is about 120 mm of Hg and diastolic pressure is 80 mm of Hg.

(c) How is it measured?
Answer:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 27
Measurement of blood pressure

(d) Name the instrument used to measure blood pressure.
Answer:
Blood pressure is measured with an instrument called sphygmomanometer.
High blood pressure is also called hypertension and is caused by the constriction of arterioles, which results in increased resistance to blood flow. It can lead to the rupture of an artery and internal bleeding.

Question 58.
Write a note on mechanism of blood clotting.
Answer:
Blood Clotting: At the site of injury, blood platelets disintegrate and release enzyme thromboplastin. Thromboplastin in the presence of calcium ions, transforms the inactive prothrombin into active thrombin. Thrombin converts soluble fibrinogen into insoluble fibrin. This forms a meshwork of fibrils which entangle blood corpuscle and transforms the liquid blood into a gel or clot.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 28
Mechanism of Blood Clotting
Unless the blood clots at the site of the injury, there will be loss of blood (blood haemorrhage).
Such a loss of blood will lead to death of the person.

Question 59.
Briefly describe excretory system.
Answer:

  • Kidneys are a pair of bean-shaped reddish brown organs which lie in the lumbar part of abdomen along the dorsal wall, one on either side of the vertebral column.
  • Each kidney receives a renal artery from dorsal aorta and sends a renal vein to inferior vena cava.
  • The excretory waste products ,are filtered out in the kidney.
  • Each kidney contains about 1.2 million excretory units called uriniferous tubules or nephrons.
  • Uriniferous tubule is a long, twisted, narrow, tubular structure which consists of ‘ Bowman’s capsule, neck, proximal convoluted tubule, loop of Henle and distal convoluted tubule.
  • Bowman’s capsule is a blind cup-shaped end of uriniferous tubule with a tuft of blood capillaries called glomerulus.
  • Ureters are two distensible tubes which connect the kidneys with the urinary bladder.
  • Urinary bladder is a median pear-shaped bag-like structure that occurs in she pelvic region of abdominal cavity.
  • Urinary bladder can hold 300-800 ml of urine.
  • Urethra is a tubular connection between the urinary bladder and the external Opening of urinary tract.

Question 60.
Label the parts of human excretory system.
Answer:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 29

  1. Kidney
  2. Ureter
  3. Urinary Bladder.

Question 61.
How does the excretion take place in Amoeba?
Answer:
The excretory product of Amoeba is ammonia. Special excretory organelle is lacking in Amoeba. C02 and ammonia are excreted by diffusing in solution through plasma membrane. The concentration of ammonia is always higher in Amoeba than in the surrounding water. The water enters through plasma membrane by “endosmosis”. Ammonia is formed in cytoplasm by metabolism.

Surplus water enters contractile vacuole. This surplus water can rupture the animal’s body. Thus size of contractile vacuole increases, when the contractile vacuole is fully expanded with water, it moves towards the periphery. As the contractile vacuole comes in close contact with the plasma membrane, it bursts. Thus excess of water (surplus water) is discharged in the surrounding water. This phenomenon of controlling the amount of water in the body is called as “osmoregulation”.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 30
Excretion in Amoeba

Question 62.
State one main function of the following :
(i) Glomerulus
Answer:
The filtration of blood in the nephron takes place in the glomerulus.

(ii) Malpighian capsule
Answer:
Malpighian capsule is concerned with ultrafiltration.

(iii) Sweat gland
Answer:
Sweat glands produce sweat containing urea, uric acid and salts. Sweat evaporates to bring down the body temperature to normal.

(iv) Nephron of kidney tubule
Answer:
Through the kidney tubule or nephrons, filtration of urea, uric acid, water and some salts occur from the blood.

(v) Loop of Henle.
Answer:
Loop of Henle is useful in the absorption of water and secretion of urea.

Question 63.
Name the chief organs of excretion in man. Mention the waste products that they excrete.
Answer:
The chief excretory organs and the waste products removed by them are :

  1. Kidneys – Urea in the form of urine.
  2. Lungs – Carbon dioxide.
  3. Skin – Water and salts as sweat.

Question 64.
Name the following :
(i) A process by which the unwanted nitrogenous wastes are eliminated from the body.
Answer:
Excretion

(ii) Major excretory organs of man.
Answer:
Kidneys

(iii) The structural and functional units of kidney.
Answer:
Nephrons

(iv) A tuft of blood capillaries found in the Bowman’s capsule of nephron.
Answer:
Glomerulus

Question 65.
Name the following :
(i) The structure that brings urine from the kidney to the urinary bladder.
Answer:
Ureter

(ii) Thin membranous sac serving as the reservoir of urine.
Answer:
Urinary bladder

(iii) Any two organic constituents of normal human urine.
Answer:
Urea, creatinine

(iv) The chief nitrogenous waste product in the human urine and the organ which produces it.
Answer:
Urea, liver

(v) Name two excretory products formed by the liver.
Answer:
Bile pigments (Bilirubin, Biliverdin), urea.

Question 66.
What do you understand by artificial kidney? Name the principle on which it works.
Or
Write a note on haemodialysis.
Answer:
Artificial Kidney or Haemodialysis. In case of acute kidney failure, the poisonous materials may accumulate in the body fluids which will cause oedema and finally lead to death of the patient. In such cases, artificial kidney is used. It works on the principle of dialysis and separates wastes from the blood. The process is called haemodialysis.

Artificial kidney contains a number of tubes with a semipermeable lining.
Its functioning is similar to kidney, but it is different since there is no reabsorption involved.

In this, blood from an artery is diverted through a cellophane tube, having pores equal to those of glomerular capillaries, placed in a circulating bath. Concentration of bath-fluid is kept equal to that of normal plasma. The pores in the cellophane tube allow small sized wastes like urea, ammonium salts etc. to pass through but do not allow the passage of blood cells, proteins, fats etc. Diffusion of small and useful substances like glucose, amino acids etc is prevented by keeping their concentration in the dialysis fluid equal to the normal plasma. Blood from dialyser is returned to the body through a vein.
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 31
Flow of blood through an artificial kidney for haemodialysis.

Question 67.
What are the functions of tongue?
Answer:
Functions of tongue.

  • It helps in mastication of food.
  • It bears taste buds and helps in the sensation of taste of food.
  • It takes part in the modification of sound production.
  • It acts as a brush and cleans the teeth.
  • It aids in deglutition of food.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 68.
(i) Label the part A-E
Answer:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 32
A. Interventricular System B. Right Ventricle C. Right Atrium D. Left Ventricle E. Aorta

(ii) Write Function of E.
Answer:
Function of E-Aorta carries blood to all parts of body.

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why are maintenance processes required?
Answer:
They are required to prevent breakdown.

Question 2.
List three characteristics of living organisms.
Answer:

  1. Growth
  2. Movements
  3. Repair and maintenance of their structures.

Question 3.
What are life processes?
Answer:
The processes which together perform the maintenance jobs are collectively termed as life processes.

Question 4.
What is the basic requirement of maintenance?
Answer:
Energy is needed by living organisms for maintenance.

Question 5.
What are sources of energy for living organisms?
Answer:
Carbon based molecules i.e. food obtained from environment.

Question 6.
List the common reactions required to obtain energy from carbon based molecules.
Answer:
Oxidising-reducing reactions.

Question 7.
Name any four life processes required for maintenance.
Answer:

  1. Nutrition
  2. Respiration
  3. Transportation
  4. Excretion.

Question 8.
What are nutrients?
Answer:
The substances which provide materials for growth, energy and maintenance are called nutrients.

Question 9.
What is nutrition? Why is it necessary?
Answer:
Nutrition. The sum total of processes by which living organisms obtain food materials and prepare them for use in the growth, repair and providing energy is termed nutrition.

Question 10.
What is food?
Answer:
Food provides energy. It Provides raw materials for growth and maintenance.

Question 11.
What is holozoic nutrition?
Answer:
Holozoic nutrition. When the nutrients are ingested as solid organic food matter, it is called holozoic nutrition.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 12.
What is the source of food for heterotrophs?
Answer:
All heterotrophs obtain food from autotrophs.

Question 13.
Name the process which prepares food is autotrophs.
Answer:
Photosynthesis.

Question 14.
Why are green plants called producers?
Answer:
Green plants prepare their food from CO2 and H2O in the presence of sunlight and chlorophyll. All other organisms obtain food from green plants, thus called as producers.

Question 16.
In which spectrum of light maximum photosynthesis occurs?
Answer:
Red light.

Question 17.
Where is chlorophyll present in cells of leaves?
Answer:
Chloroplast.

Question 18.
How does oxygen produced during photosynthesis enter the atmosphere?
Answer:
Oxygen passes out of green leaves through stomata and diffuses into the atmosphere.

Question 19.
Where does photolysis occur in plant?
Answer:
Photolysis occurs in chloroplasts present in the cell.

Question 20.
Write chemical reaction of photosynthesis.
Answer:
PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes 33

Question 21.
What are the advantages of cooked food?
Answer:
Human beings consume cooked food. Cooking makes it soft, palatable, tasty and easier to digest.

Question 22.
What is the role of CO2 during photosynthesis?
Answer:
CO2 provides carbon for synthesis of glucose (C6H12O8) during photosynthesis.

Question 23.
What is the role of stomata in green leaves?
Answer:
Stomata are minute pores through which exchange of gas occurs.

Question 24.
Name the minerals obtained from soil by plants.
Answer:
Nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, iron, magnesium and other minerals.

Question 25.
What is the role of nitrogen plants?
Answer:
Nitrogen is constituent of proteins and nitrogen bases of nucleic acids.

Question 26.
What is the food of Amoeba?
Answer:
Food of Amoeba consists of small protozoans, algae, rotifers, bacteria, and diatoms. It also feeds upon bits of organic matter.

Question 27.
Is food vacuole of Amoeba, temporary structure or a permanent one?
Answer:
Food vacuole is a temporary structure.

Question 28.
What is saliva?
Answer:
Saliva is a digestive juice secreted by salivary glands present in oral cavity.

Question 29.
Name the enzyme present in saliva.
Answer:
Salivary amylase.

Question 30.
Name the organ through which blood passes into stomach from oral cavity.
Answer:
Pharynx and oesophagus.

Question 31.
Name the largest part of alimentary canal.
Answer:
Small intestine.

Question 32.
Which of the animals need long large intestine?
Answer:
Animals eating grasses need large intestine for digestion of cellulose.

Question 33.
What is the nature of food entering small intestine from stomach?
Answer:
Acidic in nature.

Question 34.
Name the juices which convert acidic food into alkaline in small intestine.
Answer:
Bile and pancreatic juice.

Question 35.
Name the digestive juice secreted by liver.
Answer:
Bile juice.

Question 36.
Name the digestive juice secreted by pancreas.
Answer:
Pancreatic juice.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 37.
List the enzymes which help in the digestion of proteins.
Answer:

  • Pepsin
  • Trypsin
  • Chymotryposin
  • Peptidases.

Question 38.
What is approximate length of human alimentary canal?
Answer:
9 to 10 metres.

Question 39.
Name the largest gland present in human body.
Answer:
Liver.

Question 40.
Name the gland which is exocrine as well as endocrine in nature.
Answer:
Pancreas.

Question 41.
What are three parts of small intestine?
Answer:

  1. Duodenum
  2. Jejunum
  3. Ileum.

Question 42.
Differentiate between chyme and chyle.
Answer:

  • Chyme is a semisolid, semidigested acidic food which passes from stomach into duodenum.
  • Chyle is emulsion form, completely digested, alkaline food present is small intestine ready for absorption.

Question 43.
Name the four enzymes present in pancreatic juice.
Answer:

  1. Pancreatic amylase
  2. Pancreatic lipase
  3. Trypsin
  4. Chymotrypsin.

Question 44.
Maximum water is absorbed in which part of alimentary canal.
Answer:
Large intestine.

Question 45.
What is digestion?
Answer:
Digestion. Chemical and mechanical break down of complex, non-diffusible form of food into simple diffusible form of food by action of enzyme.

Question 46.
What is assimilation?
Answer:
The absorption and digestion of food or nutrients by the body or any biological system.

Question 47.
What is egestion?
Answer:
The act or process of discharging undigested food as faeces from a cell in case of unicellular organisms.

Question 48.
What are villi present is small intestine and not in stomach?
Answer:
Small intestine is site of absorption of digested food, villi increase the surface area for absorption of food. No absorption of food occurs in stomach thus villi are absent.

Question 49.
What happens to pyrnvate produced during anaerobic respiration?
Answer:
Pyruvate produced at the end of glycolysis is converted to C02 and ethanol.

Question 50.
What is aerobic respiration?
Answer:
Aerobic respiration is the process of producing cellular energy involving oxygen cells break down food in the mitochondria in a long, multistep process that produces roughly 36 ATP.

Question 51.
What is anaerobic res-piration?
Answer:
A form of incomplete intracellular breakdown of sugar or other organic compounds in the absence of oxygen that releases energy.

Question 52.
What is ATP?
Answer:
ATP is Adenosine triphosphate. It is the energy currency of life. ATP is a high- energy molecule found in every cell. Its job is to store and supply the cell with needed energy.

Question 53.
Expand NADP.
Answer:
NADP. Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide.

Question 54.
Name three animals which respire through skin.
Answer:

  1. Earthworm
  2. Leech
  3. Frog.

Question 55.
Where does Krebs cycle occur in the body?
Answer:
Krebs cycle is completed in mitochondria of cells.

Question 56.
What is hypoxia?
Answer:
Hypoxia is a condition of shortage of oxygen in the body due to strangulation on cyanide poisoning.

Question 57.
Name the respiratory sub-strate.
Answer:
Glucose.

Question 58.
What is the end product of aerobic respiration?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide and water.

Question 59.
What is fermentation?
Answer:
Incomplete breakdown of glucose in the absence of oxygen in microbes such as bacteria and yeast. It forms CO22, ethanol and energy is released in small amount.

Question 60.
Man breaths how many times per minute?
Answer:
12-15 times.

Question 61.
What are the functions of ATP?
Answer:
ATP provide energy for all metabolic reactions in the body such as movements, synthesis, cell division.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 62.
What is bark?
Answer:
The tissue ontside the outer most covering of the stem or root is called bark.

Question 63.
Name the tissue which transport food in plants.
Answer:
Phloem.

Question 64.
What is xylem?
Answer:
Xylem is a complex tissue which transport water and minerals from roots to other parts of the plant.

Question 65.
Name two substances which enter the root through the root hairs.
Answer:

  1. Water
  2. Soluble minerals from soil.

Question 66.
What is ascent of sap?
Answer:
The process by which water absorbed by the root is carried to aerial parts of plant is called ascent of sap.

Question 67.
Name the transport tissue of body.
Answer:
Blood and lymph.

Question 68.
Name the three types of blood vessels.
Answer:

  1. Arteries
  2. Veins
  3. Capillaries.

Question 69.
List types of circulation in human body.
Answer:
Double circulation involving pulmonary circulation and systemic circulation.

Question 70.
Name the fluid medium of blood.
Answer:
Plasma.

Question 71.
Why is the S-A node called pace-maker of the heart?
Answer:
S-A node, being self-excitatory, initiates a wave of contraction in the heart.

Question 72.
Name the organs which play role in circulation of blood.
Answer:
Heart. It is a muscular, pumping organ. It pumps the blood in the body.

Question 73.
Name the types of cells which destroy harmful bacteria in the body.
Answer:
White blood corpuscles (W.B.C.)

Question 74.
Name the instrument used to measure blood pressure.
Answer:
Sphigmomanometer.

Question 75.
Name the artery which carry impure (deoxygenated) blood from heart to lungs.
Answer:
Pulmonary artery.

Question 76.
Expand ECG.
Answer:
Electrocardiogram.

Question 77.
Write normal blood pressure in human body.
Answer:
120/80 → Systolic = 120 and Diastolic = 80

Question 78.
Name the largest artery.
Answer:
Aorta.

Question 79.
What is excretion?
Answer:
Excretion. Elimination of nitrogenous waste materials from body is called excretion.

Question 80.
How many nephrons are present in each kidney?
Answer:
About 10 lakhs.

Question 81.
What are the excretory structures of amoeba?
Answer:
Contractile vacuole.

Question 82.
What is a malpighian body (renal corpuscle)?
Answer:
Bowman’s capsule and glomerulus.

Question 83.
Name the reservoir of urine in the body.
Answer:
Urinary bladder.

Question 84.
What is micturition?
Answer:
Act of passing out of urine from urinary bladder is called micturition.

Question 85.
Name the structures which store wastes in plants.
Answer:
Central vacuoles.

Question 86.
What are resins and gums?
Answer:
These are storage wastes of plants.

Question 87.
Define autotrophic nutrition.
Answer:
The organisms prepare their own food from raw materials like C02 and H20 in the presence of sunlight. It takes place in green plants containing chlorophyll.

Question 88.
Define heterotrophic nutrition.
Answer:
The mode of taking readymade organic food material is called heterotrophic nutrition. It may be holozoic (ingestive) or saprophytic and parasitic (absorptive).

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Among the following which is a parasitic plant?
(A) Plasmodium
(B) Cuscuta
(C) Amoeba
(D) Rhizobium.
Answer:
(B) Cuscuta

Question 2.
Dark reaction and light reaction of photosynthesis takes place is:
(A) stroma and grana of chioroplast respectively
(B) grana and stroma of chioroplast respectively
(C) grana only
(D) stroma only.
Answer:
(A)stroma and grana of chioroplast respectively

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 3.
Chemical reaction takes place during dark reaction of photosynthesis is:
(A) photo1ysi
(B) hydrolysis
(C) carbon dioxide is bonded with RUBP
(D) nitrogen fixation.
Answer:
(C) carbon dioxide is bonded with RUBP

Question 4.
Plants are green in colour because:
(A) they absorb green light only
(B) they reflect green light
(C) they absorb green light but reflect all other lights
(D) none of the above are correct.
Answer:
(B) they reflect green light.

Question 5.
The nutrition in Mucor is:
(A) parasitic
(B) autotrophic
(C) saprophytic
(D) holozoic.
Answer:
(C) saprophytic

Question 6.
In amoeba the digestion is intracellular because :
(A) amoeba is unicellular
(B) amoeba is multicellular ‘
(C) amoeba is found in pond
(D) amoeba is microscopic animal.
Answer:
(A) amoeba is unicellular

Question 7.
Which of the following has no digestive enzyme?
(A) Saliva
(B) Bile
(C) Gastric juice
(D) Intestinal juice.
Answer:
(B) Bile

Question 8.
C02 acceptor during dark reaction of photosynthesis is :
(A) RUBP
(B) PEP
(C) NADPH
(D) ATP.
Answer:
(A) RUBP

Fill in the blanks:

Question 1.
Viruses show _________ movements.
Answer:
Molecular.

Question 2.
Growth, _________ and repair and _________ are characteristics of life.
Answer:
movements, maintenance.

Question 3.
_________ is needed by living organisms for movements and maintenance.
Answer:
Energy.

PSEB 10th Class Science Important Questions Chapter 6 Life Processes

Question 4.
_________ is the largest gland of body.
Answer:
Liver

Question 5.
_________ and are the raw materials for photosynthesis.
Answer:
C02 and H20.

Question 6.
RBC transport _________ in the body.
Answer:
Oxygen.

Question 7.
Xylem and _________ are the main conducting tissues in plants.
Answer:
Phloem.

Question 8.
Translocation of food takes place through _________ of phloem.
Answer:
Sieve tubes.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Punjab State Board PSEB 10th Class English Book Solutions English Main Course Book Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

PSEB Solutions for Class 10 English Main Course Book Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Which is the greatest day in an individual’s life ?
Answer:
It is when the individual begins for the first time to realize himself.

ऐसा तब होता है जब व्यक्ति सर्वप्रथम स्वयं को जानने लगता है।

Question 2.
What enthralled the student in the Psychology class ?
Answer:
The professor in the Psychology class said that an average man fails because he does not learn to control and consolidate his powers. The student was enthralled because he realized that this very thing was the cause of his own failures.

मनोविज्ञान की कक्षा में प्रोफैसर ने बताया कि एक आम आदमी इसलिए असफल होता है क्योंकि वह अपनी शक्तियों को काबू करना और उन्हें संगठित करना नहीं सीखता। इससे विद्यार्थी रोमांचित हो उठा क्योंकि उसे महसूस हो गया कि उसकी अपनी असफलताओं का यही कारण था।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Question 3.
Did the boy change as a result of realization ?
Answer:
Yes, as a result of the self-realization, the boy changed a lot. He became highly successful in his life.

हां, आत्म-ज्ञान की वजह से लड़के में भारी बदलाव आ गया। वह अपने जीवन में अत्यधिक सफल बन गया।

Question 4.
What is there in the personality of every man ?
Answer:
In the personality of every individual, there is a great reservoir of unused power.

प्रत्येक व्यक्ति के व्यक्तित्व में अप्रयुक्त शक्ति का एक भारी भण्डार होता है।

Word-meanings :

  • सामना करना
  • कष्ट देना, पीड़ित करना
  • में विश्वास प्रकट करना।

Question 5.
How can weak personalities become strong ?
Answer:
Every individual has an immense store of unused power. By using this store, weak personalities can become strong.

प्रत्येक व्यक्ति के पास अप्रयुक्त शक्ति का विशाल भण्डार होता है। इस भण्डार का प्रयोग करने से कमज़ोर व्यक्तित्व मज़बूत बन सकते हैं।

Question 6.
What would Chesterton preach if he had just one sermon to deliver ?
Answer:
He would preach against fear and also tell the way to conquer it.

वह भय के विरुद्ध प्रवचन करता और इसे जीत पाने का रास्ता भी बताता।

Question 7.
What are the different types of fear experienced by people ?
Answer:
People experience many types of fear. There are financial fears, fears of ill health and fears about the future. There are also fears about the consequences of past acts.

लोग कई प्रकार के भय अनुभव करते हैं। वहां वित्तीय भय, बुरे स्वास्थ्य के भय और भविष्य के बारे में भय होते हैं। वहां अतीत में की गई क्रियाओं के परिणामों के भय भी होते हैं।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Question 8.
What did the author of ‘Secret of Happiness’ find when he flung the door open ?
Answer:
He found only a little chipmunk there. It ran off into the darkness as the author flung the door open.

वहां उसे केवल एक छोटी-सी गिलहरी दिखाई दी। यह तुरन्त अन्धेरे में भाग गई जब लेखक ने झटके से दरवाजा खोला।

Question 9.
How can one have a real escape from fear ?
Answer:
We must have faith in God. We must have faith that we are not alone. We must have faith that God is always with us and cares for us. Such faith can give us real peace of mind and freedom from all fear.

हमें ईश्वर में अवश्य विश्वास रखना चाहिए। हमें विश्वास रखना चाहिए कि हम अकेले नहीं हैं। हमें विश्वास रखना चाहिए कि ईश्वर सदा हमारे साथ है और हमारी चिन्ता करता है। इस तरह का विश्वास हमें मन की वास्तविक शान्ति और सब तरह के भय से मुक्ति प्रदान कर सकता है।

Question 10.
What was the priceless secret discovered by Mr. Kagawa ?
Answer:
Mr. Kagawa discovered that if a person immerses himself over a long period in the grace of God, he can attain peace that nothing can destroy.

मिस्टर कगावा ने यह बात खोज निकाली कि यदि कोई व्यक्ति एक लम्बे समय तक स्वयं को ईश्वरकृपा में डुबो लेता है तो वह ऐसी गहरी शान्ति प्राप्त कर सकता है जिसे कोई भी चीज़ नष्ट नहीं कर सकती।

Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Describe, in your own words, how the professor changed the total attitude of the student.
Answer:
The student was totally unsuccessful in his studies. His professor told the class that an average man fails because he does not learn to control and consolidate his powers. The professor gave the example of the burning glass. The student realized the cause of his own failures. Thus his attitude towards life changed totally.

वह विद्यार्थी अपनी पढ़ाई में पूरी तरह से असफल रहा था। उसके प्रोफैसर ने कक्षा को बताया कि एक आम आदमी असफल रहता है क्योंकि वह अपनी शक्तियों को काबू और संगठित करना नहीं सीखता। प्रोफैसर ने जलाने वाले शीशे का उदाहरण दिया। विद्यार्थी को अपनी असफलताओं का कारण समझ में आ गया। इस प्रकार जीवन के प्रति उसका दृष्टिकोण पूरी तरह बदल गया।

Question 2.
Write a small paragraph on The Proper Use of Human Energy’.
Answer:
Every human being has an immense source of energy. But sadly, an average man uses only twenty percent of his mental power. The rest of it remains unused. If human beings learn to use their unused powers, they can face and master all circumstances. Thus through the proper use of human energy, complete peace can be attained.

प्रत्येक मनुष्य के पास ऊर्जा का विशाल स्त्रोत होता है। परन्तु दुःख की बात यह है कि साधारण आदमी अपनी मानसिक शक्ति का केवल बीस प्रतिशत ही प्रयोग करता है। इसका शेष भाग अप्रयुक्त ही पड़ा रहता है। यदि मनुष्य अपनी अप्रयुक्त शक्तियों का प्रयोग करना सीख लें, तो वे सभी प्रकार की परिस्थितियों का सामना कर सकते हैं और उन पर विजय प्राप्त कर सकते हैं। इस प्रकार मानव-शक्ति के उपयुक्त प्रयोग के द्वारा संपूर्ण शान्ति प्राप्त की जा सकती है।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Question 3.
Relate the incident of North Woods in your own words. Answer: Once the author was staying in a lonely cabin in the North Woods. The night was very dark. The author heard some noises outside his cabin. He thought there were gangsters with machine guns and pistols. But the author conquered his fear and flung the door open. He found there only a little chipmunk that at once ran off into the darkness.

एक बार लेखक नार्थ वुडज़ में स्थित एक एकान्त केबिन में ठहरा हुआ था। रात बहुत अन्धेरी थी। लेखक को अपने केबिन के बाहर कुछ आवाजें सुनाई दी। उसने समझा वहां मशीनगनों और पिस्तौलों के साथ डाकू आ गए थे। परन्तु लेखक ने अपने भय पर काबू पा लिया और झटके से दरवाज़ा खोल दिया। वहां उसे मात्र एक छोटी-सी गिलहरी दिखाई दी जो तुरन्त अन्धेरे में भाग गई।

Question 4.
Write, in brief, the message given by Mr. Kagawa.
Answer:
Mr. Kagawa said that we must have faith in God. We must have faith that God is always with us and cares for us. Such faith can give us real peace of mind and freedom from fear. Nothing can destroy such peace.

मिस्टर कगावा ने कहा कि हमें अवश्य ईश्वर में विश्वास रखना चाहिए। हमें अवश्य विश्वास रखना चाहिए कि ईश्वर सदा हमारे साथ है और वह हमारी चिन्ता करता है। इस तरह का विश्वास हमें वास्तविक शान्ति और भय से मुक्ति प्रदान कर सकता है। इस तरह की शान्ति को कोई भी चीज़ नष्ट नहीं कर सकती है।

Vocabulary and Grammar

Question 1.
Give the synonyms of :
Answer:
(a) eminent — famous
(b) adversary — enemy
(c) profound — deep
(d) poise — calmness
(e) obstacle — hindrance
(f) illustration — example
(g) futile — pointless
(h) abundant — plentiful
(i) conquer — defeat
(j) total — complete.

Question 2.
Give the antonyms of :
Answer:
(a) destroy — create
(b) opponent — companion
(c) shakable — unshakable
(d) optimism — pessimism
(g) ignorance — knowledge
(e) strength — weakness
(f) ordinary — special
(g) cautious — reckless.
(h) real — imaginary
(i) fact — fiction

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Question 3.
Give one word for each of the following expressions :
Answer:
(a) psychology
(b) sermon
(c) optimist
(d) journal
(e) atheist.

Question 4.
Frame sentences to show distinction between the following pairs of words :
Answer:
1. Birth–I have been living here since my birth.
Berth-I was lucky to have a berth on the train.

2. Familiar-There was something vaguely familiar about him.
Familial-A protective familial environment has made him a dull person.

3. Gate-We drove through the palace gate.
Gait-The old man was walking with an unsteady gait.

4. Adept-He is adept at mending clocks.
Adapt-She adapted herself quickly to the new climate.

5. Mental-The experience caused him much mental suffering.
Mantle The clever minister took on the mantle of supreme power.

6. Root-Vines have very long roots.
RouteWe drove home by the shortest route.

7. Peace-After years of fighting, the people longed for peace.
Piece-He lost one of the pieces of his model engine.

Question 5.
Fill in the blanks with suitable articles :
Answer:
1. The dog is a faithful animal.
2. Tanuja is an honest girl.
3. I saw an American and a European at the market.
4. We visited the Golden Temple at Amritsar.
5. The Himalayas have many ranges.
6. I use an umbrella in the rainy season.
7. Chandigarh is the capital of Punjab.

Question 6.
Change the following sentences into passive voice :
Answer:
1. He is known to me very well.
2. My help was sought by them.
3. It is time for goodbye to be said.
4. Milk is contained in this jug.
5. Foul language should not be used.
6. I will be received by my father.
7. She was annoyed at me.

Question 7.
Fill in the blanks with the appropriate comparatives or superlatives of the adjectives given in the brackets :
Answer:
1. Milk is thicker than water.
2. The pen is mightier than the sword.
3. Ludhiana is the largest city of Punjab.
4. It is easier said than done.
5. The condition of the patient is much better now.
6. Better late than never.

Question 8.
Fill in the blanks with a non-finite:
1. He used the illustration of the burning glass.
2. The great success of life lies in putting a key into the lock and releasing that terrific power.
3. If I had only one sermon to preach, I would preach people to shun fear.
4. We allow ourselves to be made miserable by fear.
5. The person who wishes to become adept in the art of living must learn to subdue his fears.
6. I sat rooted to my chair.
7. I wanted to get out of there.
8. I found the door broken.
9. He did not learn the art of controlling his powers.
10. Having faith in God gives a lot of strength: more

Objective Type Questions

Question 1.
Which illustration was used by the professor of Psychology ?
Question
The familiar illustration of the burning glass.

Question 2.
Who declared to give sermon against fear ?
(i) Professor of Psychology
(ii) Gilbert Chesterton
(iii) Author
(iv) Kagawa.
Answer:
(ii) Gilbert Chesterton

Question 3
values are needed in the world today.
Answer:
(i) Moral

Question 4.
The author found an elephant when he flung open the door. (True/False)
Answer:
False

Question 5.
We should have faith that is always with us.
(i) God
(ii) somebody
(iii) everyman
(iv) nobody.
Answer:
(i) God

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Question 6. ……….
in God gives us real peace of mind.
(i) Fear
(ii) Hatred
(iii) Faith
(iv) Anger.
Answer:
(iii) Faith

Answer each of the following in one word / phrase / sentence :

Question 1.
Who is the author of the essay, ‘Secret of Happinessf ?
Answer.
Norman Vincent Peale.

Question 2.
Which is the greatest day in man’s life ?
Answer.
When he begins to realize himself.

Question 3.
Why does an average man fail ?
Answer.
Because he has not learnt to control and consolidate his powers.

Question 4.
How much of the powers possessed by a man is used by him ?
Answer.
Only a very small part.

Question 5.
What is there in the personality of an individual ?
Answer.
A great store of unused power.

Question 6.
What does the author teach us about fear ?
Answer.
Fear should never overcome us.

Question 7.
How did a student of psychology class change himself ?
Answer.
He changed himself by self-realization.

Question 8.
How can a weak person become strong ?
Answer.
By using his large store of unused power.

Question 9.
How can we overcome fear ?
Answer.
By convincing ourselves that God is always with us.

Question 10.
What was the message given by Mr Kagawa ?
Answer.
He advised us to have faith in God.

Complete the following :

1. Man’s greatest day is when he starts ………… himself.
2. Man fails because he fails to ………… his desires.
3. We can have a real escape from fear when we have faith in …………
4. The ways of destiny are …………
5. Man can succeed if he can bring his unused powers to a …………
6. An average man uses only about ………… per cent of his mental capacity.
Answer:
1. realising
2. control
3. God
4. strange
5. focus
6. twenty.

Write True or False against each statement :

1. A man feels great when he starts realizing himself.
2. The college student mentioned in the essay was no good in the athletic field.
3. We can get over our fears if we have faith in God.
4. An average human uses about 60 percent of his mental powers.
5. Fear is one of the commonest enemies of man.
6. A fear is, in many ways, like a ghost.
Answer:
1. True
2. False
3. True
4. False
5. True
6. True.

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

Choose the correct option for each of the following :

Question 1.
Destiny has its own ………………… ways.
(a) strange
(b) predictable
(c) funny
(d) horrible.
Answer:
(a) strange

Question 2.
We can escape fear by ………….
(a) arming ourselves
(b) self-confidence
(c) having faith in God
(d) none of the above.
Answer:
(c) having faith in God

Question 3.
The only sermon of Chesterton would be against
(a) war
(b) greed
(c) love
(d) fear
Answer:
(d) fear

Question 4.
In many respects, fear is comparable to a …..
(a) professor
(b) teacher
(c) preacher
(d) ghost.
Answer:
(d) ghost.

Secret of Happiness Summary & Translation in English

Secret of Happiness Introduction:

In this chapter, the author tells us how we can gain success in our life. He says that we should realize our powers. He says that an average man uses only twenty percent of his mental powers. Every man has a big store of unused powers. If he can use this power, he will be able to master all circumstances. Fear is one of the biggest enemies of man. If we wish to become adept in the art of living, we must learn to conquer our fears. We should have faith in ourselves. If we have faith in ourselves, we can be free from every fear. And then we shall have total peace of mind.

Secret of Happiness Summary & Translation in English

Page 31.

Dynamics of Self-Realization

The greatest day in any individual’s life is when he begins for the first time to realize himself. It happened to a college student friend of mine once with dramatic suddenness. He was as unsuccessful in his studies as he was efficient upon the athletic field. Destiny, however, has its own strange ways. One day in a class in Psychology, our student friend suddenly became enthralled as the professor described how the average man fails because he does not learn to control and consolidate his powers. He used the familiar illustration of the burning glass. The rays of the sun, falling upon a piece of paper, have little effect. Let them, however, be drawn by the burning glass to a focus and they create an intense heat which will quickly burn a hole in the paper.

The professor pointed out that the man who succeeds is the one who can draw his dissipated and therefore futile powers to a focus . Our student said that in a flashing illumination he saw the cause of his own failure and oblivious of all in the room and under the spell of a veritable new birth leaped to his feet, crying, “I see it; I see it.” What had happened ? He had met himself, a new self, his real self, which he never before had seen and the revelation changed him from a failure to a potential success, the possibilities of which were later abundantly realized. He was now a grand success in whatever he chose to do.

(Page 32)

You Are Greater than You Think.

In his famous address on ‘The Energies of Men’, William James, a geat psychologist, said, “Men habitually use only a small part of the powers which they possess and which they might use under appropriate circumstances.” A scientist is reported recently to have said that the average man uses but twenty percent of his brain power. When you think of some people, that sounds like optimism. Think of it – you are using, if you are an average person, only one fifth of your mental capacity.

Consider what you could make of life if you increased that by only fifty percent. In the personality of every individual there is a great reservoir of unused power. But in many of us just a miserable little trickle is getting through, and on that we live and do our work. The great secret of life is to put a key into the lock, turn back the sluice gates and let that power, like a terrific stream, flow into your mind and personality. It will transform you into a person of strength and effectiveness,well able to meet and master all circumstances. The important thing to emphasize is that it is a source of inward power by which weak personalities can become strong; divided personalities can become unified; hurt minds can be healed; and the secret of peace and poise attained.

The Escape from Fear
A British publishing house issued, some years ago, a volume of sermons, under the title, If I Could Preach Only Once. One of these sermons was by Gilbert Chesterton, “If I had only one sermon to preach,” Chesterton declared, “it would be sermon against fear.”

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

(Page 33)

Why should this eminent man of letters 11 single out so ordinary an adversary? First of all, because fear is one of man’s most common enemies. It touches every one of us in some way. Many people, for example, have financial fears. We have fears of ill health, anticipating the direful consequences of being overtaken by some bodily affliction. We allow ourselves to be made miserable by fear of what the future holds or fears of the consequences of past acts and decisions. Fears of one kind and another haunt us and cast a shadow over our happiness.

No person is at his best or in full control of his powers if he is the victim of fear. In many ways fear lays its paralyzing hand upon an individual and becomes a chief obstacle to the full development of personality and to the achievement of success in life. The person who wishes to become adept in the art of living must learn to conquer and subdue his fears.

This is a problem common to us all, and I want to state at the outset the encouraging fact that any and every individual can escape from fear. Remember this, however, only you can conquer your fears. Others may help you but ultimately you must do it yourself. The first step and, for that matter, a large part of the campaign against one’s fears is to get a complete and thorough. going knowledge of them. Bring them out into the light of day and watch them shrivel up.

A fear is not unlike a ghost. It frightens you in the gloom, but there isn’t much to it when you get it into the light. Most of the things one fears never happen; at least they do not amount to anything. As one frog in a pond may sound like a hundred when one is trying to sleep, so one little fact may be enlarged by mental fear and distorted imaging out of all proportion to its real size.

Page – 34

Once in a lonely cabin1 on a dark night, deep in the North Woods, I heard on the porch noises that sent a shiver up my spine. It sounded like the cautious approach of several intruders. I sat transfixed , rooted to my chair, with every hair seemingly standing on end. Newspaper accounts of a recent murder in that section flashed across my mind. This is the end, I thought, but I was far from being prepared to die. I didn’t want to die; I wanted to get out of there.

Finally, unable to stand the suspense longer and desperation lending bravado,leaped to the door and flung it open, expecting to see a whole array of gangsters with machine guns and pistols. Instead, a little chipmunk scurried off into the darkness, leaving me limp and mortified but yet the learner of a great lesson, namely, that it is very salutary to get a good look at your fears, and that when you do, they are much less impressive than you had imagined them to be.

Faith in God

A great Japanese, Kagawa, a preacher and social worker, once visited our country. Everyone noted that he carried about himself a sense of peace and poise, an inner strength and confidence that was truly remarkable. Kagawa had discovered a priceless secret, and he gave us his secret by saying, that if one will do as he did, ‘immerse oneself over a long period in the grace of God’, one will enter into a profound calm that nothing can destroy. Kagawa said that encountering mobs, threatened by soldiers, hurt by opponents, the calm never left him. His eyesight was threatened; disease afflicted him; but he never lost his calm. He testified that he was often amazed by the depth of this peace. This he assured us he had found in God. In that relationship he lost all his fears.

(Page 35)

There is the real escape from fear. Get a deep, unshakable faith in the fact that you are not alone, but that God watches over you and cares for you and will bring you through all difficulties. Then you will have total peace of mind. Confidence, not fear, will be yours forever.

Secret of Happiness Summary & Translation in Hindi

Secret of Happiness Introduction:

इस अध्याय में लेखक हमें यह बताता है कि हम जीवन में सफलता कैसे प्राप्त कर सकते हैं। वह कहता है कि हमें अपनी शक्तियों को समझना चाहिए। वह कहता है कि एक आम आदमी अपनी मानसिक शक्तियों का केवल बीस प्रतिशत प्रयोग करता है। प्रत्येक मनुष्य के पास अप्रयुक्त शक्ति का एक बड़ा भण्डार होता है। वह यदि उस शक्ति का प्रयोग कर पाए तो वह हर प्रकार की परिस्थिति पर काबू पा सकता है। डर मनुष्य के सबसे बड़े शत्रुओं में से एक है। यदि हम जीने की कला में कुशल होना चाहते हैं तो हमें अपने भयों पर काबू पाना सीखना चाहिए। हमें स्वयम् पर विश्वास होना चाहिए। यदि हमें स्वयम् पर विश्वास होगा तो हम हर प्रकार के भय से मुक्त हो सकेंगे। और तब हमारे मन को पूर्ण शान्ति मिलेगी।

Secret of Happiness Summary & Translation in Hindi

आत्मज्ञान का गति-विज्ञान

किसी भी व्यक्ति के जीवन का महानतम् दिन वह होता है जब उसे पहली बार आत्मज्ञान होने लगता है। ऐसा एक बार मेरे एक मित्र के साथ, जो कॉलेज का विद्यार्थी था, नाटकीय ढंग से अचानक हुआ। वह अपनी पढ़ाई में उतना ही असफल था जितना वह खेल-कूद के मैदान में कुशल था। किन्तु भाग्य के अपने ही विचित्र ढंग होते हैं। एक दिन मनोविज्ञान की कक्षा में मेरा वह विद्यार्थी-मित्र रोमांचित हो उठा जब प्रोफैसर ने बताया कि एक औसत व्यक्ति इसलिए असफल रहता है क्योंकि वह अपनी शक्तियों पर नियंत्रण करना और उन्हें मजबूत करना नहीं सीखता।

उसने जलाने वाले शीशे वाले सुपरिचित उदाहरण का प्रयोग किया। कागज़ के एक टुकड़े पर पड़ती हुई सूर्य की किरणों का कोई प्रभाव नहीं होता। किन्तु यदि जलाने वाले शीशे द्वारा उन्हें केंद्रित कर दिया जाए तो उनसे तीव्र ताप पैदा हो जाता है जो उस कागज़ में जल्दी ही जला कर एक छेद बना देगा। प्रोफैसर ने बताया कि एक सफल व्यक्ति वही होता है जो अपनी कमज़ोर हो चुकी, और इस प्रकार बेकार पड़ी, शक्तियों को केंद्रित कर सकता है। हमारे उस विद्यार्थी ने कहा कि एक चौंधिया देने वाले ज्ञान-प्रकाश में उसने अपनी स्वयं की असफलता को पहचान लिया,और कमरे में बैठे सभी व्यक्तियों के प्रति पूरी तरह से अनजान हुआ और अपने उस नए जन्म से सम्मोहित हुआ, वह उछल कर अपने पांवों पर खड़ा हो गया और चिल्लाते हुए बोला, “मैं समझ गया; मैं समझ गया।”

क्या हुआ था? उसका स्वयं से मिलन हो गया था, एक नए व्यक्तित्व से, उसके वास्तविक व्यक्तित्व से, जिसे उसने पहले कभी नहीं देखा था और उस रहस्योद्घाटन ने उसकी असफलता को संभावित सफलता में परिवर्तित कर दिया, और जिसकी संभावनाओं को बाद में पर्याप्त रूप से अर्जित कर लिया गया। अब वह प्रत्येक उस काम में भारी सफलता प्राप्त करता जो भी वह करने का मन बनाता।”

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

(Page 32)

आप उससे अधिक महान है जितना आप सोचते हैं-‘व्यक्तियों की शक्तियाँ’, इस विषय पर दिए गए अपने प्रसिद्ध भाषण में महान् मनोवैज्ञानिक विलियम जेम्ज़ ने कहा, “लोग आदतन उन शक्तियों का एक छोटा-सा अंश ही इस्तेमाल करते हैं जो उनके पास होती हैं और जिन शक्तियों का इस्तेमाल वे शायद उपयुक्त परिस्थितियों में कर सकते हैं।” किसी वैज्ञानिक ने हाल में ही कहा था कि एक औसत व्यक्ति अपने मस्तिष्क की शक्ति के केवल बीस प्रतिशत का ही इस्तेमाल करता है। जब आप कुछ व्यक्तियों के बारे में विचार करते हैं तो यह बात एक आशावाद के जैसी लगती है। तनिक सोचिए – यदि आप एक औसत व्यक्ति हैं तो आप अपने मानसिक सामर्थ्य का केवल पांचवां भाग ही इस्तेमाल कर रहे हैं।

यह सोचिए कि आप अपने जीवन को कैसा बना सकते यदि आप उस अंश को केवल पचास प्रतिशत बढ़ा लेते। प्रत्येक व्यक्ति के व्यक्तित्व के अंदर बिना इस्तेमाल की गई शक्ति. का एक महान् भंडार होता है। किन्तु हम में से अनेकों में उस भंडार की मात्र एक हल्की-सी टपकन ही निकल रही होती है, और उसी पर हम जीवित रहते हैं और अपना काम चलाते रहते हैं। जीवन| का महान् रहस्य यही है कि आप ताले में चाबी डालें, जल-द्वारों को खोलें और उस शक्ति को एक शक्तिशाली| प्रवाह की भांति अपने मस्तिष्क और व्यक्तित्व के अंदर बह कर आने दें। यह आप को एक शक्तिशाली और प्रभावी व्यक्ति में बदल देगी जो सब परिस्थितियों का सामना करने और उन पर स्वामित्व स्थापित करने में पूरी तरह समर्थ होगा। वह महत्त्वपूर्ण बात जिस पर बल देने की ज़रूरत है, यह है कि आंतरिक शक्ति का यह एक स्त्रोत है जिससे कमजोर व्यक्तित्व शक्तिशाली बन सकते हैं, विभक्त व्यक्तित्व एकीकृत हो सकते हैं, चोट खाए मस्तिष्कों को राहत मिल सकती है, और शांति और मानसिक संतुलन के रहस्य का भेद जाना जा सकता है।

भय से छुटकारा

कुछ वर्ष पूर्व एक बर्तानवी प्रकाशन संस्थान ने प्रवचनों की एक पुस्तक जारी की जिसका शीर्षक था- यदि मैं केवल एक बार भी प्रवचन कर पाता। इन प्रवचनों में से एक प्रवचन गिल्बर्ट चेस्टर्टन की रचना थी। “यदि मेरे पास देने को केवल एक प्रवचन होता,” चेस्टर्टन ने ऐसा कहा, “तो यह भय के विरुद्ध एक प्रवचन होता।”

(Page 33)

इस प्रसिद्ध विद्वान ने भय जैसे एक साधारण शत्रु को क्यों चुना? सर्वप्रथम इसलिए क्योंकि भय मनुष्य के सबसे सामान्य शत्रुओं में से एक होता है। यह हममें से प्रत्येक को किसी न किसी रूप में प्रभावित करता है। उदाहरण के रूप में बहुत से लोगों को वित्तीय भय होते हैं। हमें खराब स्वास्थ्य के भय होते हैं, किसी शारीरिक कष्ट से ग्रस्त होने के खतरनाक परिणामों का हम पूर्वानुमान लगाने लगते हैं। हम स्वयं को उस भय से दुःखी बना लेते हैं कि भविष्य में क्या होगा, अथवा उस भय से कि हमारे अतीत के काम और निर्णयों के क्या परिणाम होंगे।

एक या दूसरी किस्म के डर हमें निरन्तर सताते रहते हैं और हमारी प्रसन्नता को ग्रसित करते रहते कोई भी व्यक्ति अपने सर्वोत्तम स्वरूप में नहीं होता अथवा अपनी शक्तियों पर पूरे नियंत्रण की स्थिति में| नहीं होता यदि वह भय का शिकार हो। कई तरह से भय एक व्यक्ति पर अपना अशक्त बना देने वाला हाथ रख देता है और उसके व्यक्तित्व के संपूर्ण विकास में और उसके जीवन में सफलता प्राप्त करने में एक मुख्य बाधा बन जाता है। वह व्यक्ति जो जीने की कला में दक्ष बनने की इच्छा रखता है, उसे अपने भयों पर विजय पाना और उन्हें दबाए रखना सीखना होगा।

यह हम सभी के लिए एक समस्या है और मैं शुरू में ही यह उत्साहवर्द्धक तथ्य बता देना चाहता हूं कि कोई भी और हर कोई भय से छुटकारा पा सकता है। किन्तु यह याद राखए कि केवल आप हा अपन भया पर विजय पा सकते हैं। अन्य व्यक्ति यद्यपि आप की सहायता करें, किन्तु अंत में आप को यह काम स्वयं ही करना होगा। पहला कदम और वास्तव में भी किसी भी व्यक्ति द्वारा अपने भयों के विरुद्ध अभियान का एक मुख्य अंश यह होता है कि वह उन भयों के विषय में सम्पूर्ण और गहरी जानकारी प्राप्त करे।

उनको दिन की रोशनी में लेकर आइए और फिर उन्हें मुरझाता हुआ और कुम्हलाता हुआ देखिए। भय किसी भूत से भिन्न नहीं होता है। यह आप को अंधेरे में डराता है, किन्तु जब आप इसे प्रकाश में ले कर आते हैं तो इसमें अधिक कुछ भी नहीं रहता। अधिकतर चीजें जिनसे व्यक्ति डरता है, वे कभी घटित नहीं होती हैं; कम से कम उनका कोई सार नहीं होता है। जिस तरह किसी तालाब में एक मेढक की टर्राहट सौ मेंढकों जैसी प्रतीत हो सकती है जब कोई व्यक्ति सोने का प्रयत्न कर रहा हो, उसी तरह एक छोटी-सी चीज़ को मानसिक डर तथा विकृत कल्पना के द्वारा उसके वास्तविक आकार से कहीं अधिक बड़ा अनुपात प्रदान किया जा सकता है।

Page – 34

एक बार नार्थ वुड्स (नामक घने जंगल) के काफी भीतर की तरफ़ एक अंधेरी रात के समय एक एकांत केबिन में बैठे हुए मैंने बरामदे से आती हुई कुछ आवाजें सुनीं जिनसे मेरी रीढ़ की हड्डी में एक कंपकंपी दौड़ गई। ये आवाजें कई घुसपैठियों द्वारा सावधानी पूर्वक पास आने के जैसी लग रही थीं। मैं जड़ हो कर अपनी कुर्सी से जकड़ा हुआ बैठा रहा, मेरा एक-एक रोम खड़ा हुआ प्रतीत हो रहा था। उस क्षेत्र में हाल ही में हुई एक हत्या के विषय में समाचार-पत्रों द्वारा किए गए वर्णन मेरेमन में अचानक आने लगे। मैंने सोचा कि मेरा अंत आ गया था किन्तु मैं मरने के लिए बिल्कुल तैयार नहीं था। मैं मरना नहीं चाहता था; मैं वहां से बच निकलना चाहता था। अंत में उस दुविधा को और अधिक सहने में असमर्थ हो कर, और हताशा वाली वीरता से भर कर मैं दरवाज़े की तरफ झपटा और इसे एक झटके के साथ खोल दिया, यह आशा करते हुए कि वहां डाकुओं की एक पूरी सेना मशीन-गनें और पिस्तौलें लिए हुए होगी। इसकी बजाए वहां एक छोटी-सी गिलहरी दौड़ कर अन्धेरे की तरफ़ भाग गई और मैं वहां निष्क्रिय और लज्जित-सा हुआ खड़ा रह गया, किन्तु फिर भी मैंने एक महान् शिक्षा ग्रहण कर ली कि अपने भयों पर एक भरपूर नज़र डाल लेना बहुत हितकारी होता है, तथा यह कि जब आप ऐसा कर लेते हैं तो वे (भय) उतने डरावनेनहीं रहते जितनी आप ने उनके बारे में कल्पना कर ली थी।

ईश्वर में आस्था.

एक महान् जापानी (उपदेशक तथा समाज-सेवक) कगावा एक बार हमारे देश में आया। प्रत्येक व्यक्ति का ध्यान इस ओर गया कि उसमें शान्ति तथा मानसिक सन्तुलन की भावना, एक आंतरिक शक्ति और आत्म विश्वास था जो सचमुच ही असाधारण था। कगावा ने एक अमूल्य रहस्य का भेद पा लिया था, तथा उसने हमें अपना रहस्य यह कहते हुए बताया कि यदि कोई व्यक्ति वैसा ही करेगा जैसा कि वह स्वयं करता है, “एक लंबे समय तक स्वयं को ईश्वर-कृपा में डुबो ले’, तो वह ऐसी गहरी शांति प्राप्त कर लेगा जिसे कोई भी चीज़ नष्ट नहीं कर सकेगी। कगावा ने कहा कि लोगों की भारी भीड़ का सामना करने, सैनिकों द्वारा धमकाए जाने,विरोधियों द्वारा चोट पहुंचाए जाने के बावजूद भी शान्ति ने उसका साथ कभी नहीं छोड़ा था। उसकी आंखों की रोशनी खतरे में पड़ गई थी, रोग उसे कष्ट दे रहे थे; किन्तु उसने शांति का दामन कभी नहीं छोड़ा। उसने विश्वासपूर्ण ढंग से कहा कि अक्सर इस शान्ति की गहराई से वह चकित रह जाता था। उसने हमें यह विश्वास दिलाया कि यह शान्ति उसे ईश्वर से प्राप्त हुई थी। इस संबंध के कारण उसने सब भयों से मुक्ति पा ली थी।

PSEB 10th Class English Main Course Book Solutions Chapter 3 Secret of Happiness

(Page 35)

भय से छुटकारा पाने का वहां एक वास्तविक तरीका है। इस तथ्य में आप एक गहरी और अटल आस्था रखिए कि आप अकेले नहीं हैं, अपितु ईश्वर आप पर पूरी निगरानी रखता है और आप का पूरा ध्यान रखता है और वह आप को सभी कठिनाइयों से बाहर ले आएगा। तब आप को पूर्ण मानसिक शान्ति प्राप्त हो जाएगी।